WO2023179231A1 - Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system - Google Patents

Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023179231A1
WO2023179231A1 PCT/CN2023/075179 CN2023075179W WO2023179231A1 WO 2023179231 A1 WO2023179231 A1 WO 2023179231A1 CN 2023075179 W CN2023075179 W CN 2023075179W WO 2023179231 A1 WO2023179231 A1 WO 2023179231A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mobile relay
tac
cell
location information
relay
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/075179
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱方园
李岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023179231A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023179231A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • H04B7/18502Airborne stations
    • H04B7/18504Aircraft used as relay or high altitude atmospheric platform
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/18Network planning tools
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/00835Determination of neighbour cell lists
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/40Connection management for selective distribution or broadcast

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system.
  • relay devices In order to improve network capacity and coverage, a relay node that supports wireless backhaul transmission is proposed to implement dense network deployment.
  • Devices that support relay functions are referred to as relay devices (can also be called relays or relay nodes).
  • Relay devices provide similar functions and services to ordinary base stations for terminals accessing their cells. Relay devices and terminals The communication link between them is called the access link.
  • the relay device accesses a base station serving it in a terminal-like manner through a wireless interface.
  • the base station is called a donor base station.
  • the wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link. road (backhaul link).
  • IAB node In the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) research, integrated access and backhaul (integrated access and backhaul) that integrates wireless access links and wireless backhaul links are proposed.
  • IAB node The IAB node can access the network through its mobile terminal (Mobile-Termination, MT) function, and then the operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device configures cell information for the IAB node. The cell information can be included in the IAB node.
  • Configured tracking area code (TAC) Existing IAB nodes are fixed relay devices on the ground. When a terminal device accesses the fixed IAB node, the network side can determine the location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the IAB node cell currently accessed by the terminal device.
  • TAC tracking area code
  • a mobile base station relay also known as vehicle mounted relay (VMR)
  • VMR vehicle mounted relay
  • the VMR node can be configured in the vehicle and can move with the vehicle.
  • the VMR can be in the vehicle Or the terminal equipment near the car provides services.
  • the VMR node is an IAB node with mobile capabilities.
  • VMR can also be called a mobile relay.
  • the VMR node can use a wireless interface similar to The terminal accesses a base station that serves it.
  • the base station can be called a donor base station.
  • the wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link.
  • the VMR node can also access the network through its mobile terminal (mobile-termination, MT) function, and then the OAM device configures cell information for the VMR node.
  • MT mobile-termination
  • This application provides a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system for configuring cell information for relay equipment with mobile capabilities.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a relay device with mobile capabilities or a unit, module or chip within the relay device.
  • the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay.
  • This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay.
  • the method includes:
  • the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay receives cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device.
  • the cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes the first TAC, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay is not determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device configures a fixed TAC for the mobile relay cell, such as TAC#1.
  • the mobile relay is located at the first position, and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 is TAC#1.
  • the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change, and the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3
  • the TAC included in is still TAC#1.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses is always TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay is at the first position, and then determine that the terminal device accessing the mobile relay is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for the mobile relay will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for the UE accessing the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.)
  • the TAC of the relay determines the location information of the mobile relay, and then the current location of the terminal device accessing the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the location information of the mobile relay in this application may include various forms, and it only needs to be able to indicate the location of the mobile relay.
  • the location information of the mobile relay may include: at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. item.
  • the location information of the mobile relay may also include information on the geographical area of the location where the mobile relay is located. Among them, there is at least one item of information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located.
  • the information of the geographical area may include at least one of a longitude area range, a latitude area range, or a geographical area identifier (the geographical area identifier may include, for example, an administrative region identifier, etc.).
  • the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay may refer to the access network device currently accessed by the MT function of the mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay.
  • the management device may assign the TAC to the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected.
  • the TAC is determined to be the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay, that is, the first TAC is the same as the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
  • the TAC configured by the management device for the cell of the mobile relay can also be configured with the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell that the mobile relay accesses is different, that is, the first TAC is different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device that the mobile relay accesses.
  • the mobile relay receives a first broadcast message from the first cell of the access device, and the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or At least one of the identifiers of the access network equipment.
  • the mobile relay may obtain at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device obtained from the first broadcast message.
  • a piece of location information as a mobile relay is sent to the management device, which can save the signaling consumed by the mobile relay in querying location information from other network elements.
  • the mobile relay before the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, the mobile relay queries the core network device for the location of the mobile relay, and the mobile relay receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  • the location information of the mobile relay may include information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located.
  • the information of the geographical area may include at least one of longitude area range, latitude area range, or geographical area identification, etc.
  • the mobile relay After the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the management device can re-configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the moved location information of the mobile relay, thereby achieving dynamic
  • the effect of configuring TAC for the mobile relay is that the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
  • the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, a cell identity, or an identity of the access network device. For example, the mobile relay receives a second broadcast message from the second cell of the second access network device, and the second broadcast message includes at least one of the third TAC, the identity of the second cell, or the identity of the second access device. item. After the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the mobile relay receives the first broadcast message of the first cell of the first access network device, where the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device. , the identity of the first cell, or at least one of the identity of the first access network device.
  • the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved when it is determined that at least one of the following contents is satisfied: the second TAC is different from the third TAC, the identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell, or, the first cell
  • the identifier of the access device is different from the identifier of the second access device.
  • the mobile relay will receive broadcast messages in different cells, and then the mobile relay can determine whether the mobile relay has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message, and then when it is determined that movement has occurred, notify the management device Send location information.
  • the mobile relay determines whether the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. , it can also prevent the mobile relay from frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay. For example, a mobile relay is always in a moving state, but it does not mean that the mobile relay will send location information to the management device when it moves any distance. Instead, the mobile device needs to move within a preset movement range before sending the location information to the management device. For example, if the mobile device moves out of the cell it is currently accessed, the movement of the mobile device satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the mobile relay When the mobile relay determines that at least one of the TAC, cell identity, and access network equipment of the accessed cell changes, the mobile relay may move out of the currently accessed cell. Therefore, the mobile relay When the mobile relay moves, it is determined based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment to which the mobile relay accesses, that the mobile relay's movement will satisfy the preset movement range to a large extent. Therefore, The mobile relay determines the time when the mobile relay moves based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment to which the mobile relay accesses. to send location information.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement satisfies the preset movement range, the mobile relay sends location information.
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the following: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, or the cell identity accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the access network equipment changes.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile intermediate level does not meet the preset movement range, the mobile relay may not send location information.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the mobile relay has a smaller moving range.
  • the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information. In this way, it can be avoided The mobile relay frequently sends the location information of the mobile relay to reduce signaling consumption.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the identity of the access network device connected to the mobility relay changes.
  • the mobile relay determines that the identity of the access network device has not changed, it is possible that the mobile relay's movement range is small.
  • the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information, so , which can prevent the mobile relay from frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay and reduce signaling consumption.
  • the mobile relay after the mobile relay receives the cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device, the mobile relay requests the access network device to activate the cell of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is used as the mobile relay TAC of the relay cell, so that the access network device activates the mobile relay cell according to the first TAC.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay.
  • This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the mobile relay sends indication information to the management device, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay receives the first TAC configured for the cell of the mobile relay from the management device, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay based on the instruction information, and then obtain the location information of the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • Determine the TAC of the mobile relay so the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can more accurately determine the terminal accessing the DU cell of the mobile relay.
  • the current location of the device It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay device with mobility capabilities.
  • the indication information for triggering the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay includes: indicating that the type of the mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobility capabilities; and/or, for Information indicating that the type of mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay equipment type.
  • the management device can determine based on the indication information that the relay device has mobility capability and belongs to the mobile relay. Instead, you can obtain the location information of the mobile relay.
  • relay devices without mobility capabilities may be called non-mobile relays.
  • the management device configures TAC for such non-mobile relays, it may be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relays. TAC may also not be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relay.
  • the management device determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay (for example, the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to obtain a mobile relay), it determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay; For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it is determined that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. ), and there is no need to configure TAC based on the location information of the non-mobile relay, the management device does not need to obtain the location information of the non-mobile relay, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the management device determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. For example, if the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. The relay equipment is a non-mobile relay. For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it is determined that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. .
  • the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device. at least one of.
  • the first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device.
  • This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
  • the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay; the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • the management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can determine it more accurately.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device.
  • This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
  • the management device receives location information from the mobile relay, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the network side can The TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses determines the location information of the mobile relay, and then the current location of the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the management device may obtain an association between the location and the TAC.
  • the association may include an association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  • the association may also be called correspondence. Relationships, mapping relationships, etc. can also be reflected in the form of mapping tables.
  • the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can obtain the current location of the terminal device more accurately.
  • the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. At least one of the identifiers of the network access device.
  • the first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device.
  • This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
  • the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay; the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  • the management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can determine it more accurately.
  • the management device before the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay, the management device receives indication information from the mobile relay, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the indication information includes: used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobility capabilities; and/or used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of vehicle-mounted relay device. Information.
  • the management device may obtain an association between the location and the TAC.
  • the association may include an association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  • the association may also be called correspondence. Relationships, mapping relationships, etc. can also be reflected in the form of mapping tables.
  • the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can more accurately obtain the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses. Prepare your current location.
  • the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. At least one of the identifiers of the network access device.
  • the first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any one of the methods of the first to fifth aspects. any implementation.
  • the communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving.
  • the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the communication device is a communication chip
  • the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or port of the communication chip.
  • the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the communication device further includes various modules that can be used to perform any one of the methods of the first to fifth aspects.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver is also included, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instructions from the memory.
  • the processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory, the The communication device performs any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device, and the communication device may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects and the method in any possible implementation of the first to fifth aspects.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc.
  • a processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • a system which includes the above-mentioned mobile relay and management equipment.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction).
  • a computer program which can also be called a code, or an instruction.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • the method in the above-mentioned aspect can be implemented, or the computer can be caused to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction) that when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned tasks in the first aspect.
  • a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction) that when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned tasks in the first aspect.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a chip system, which may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects, and any method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the first to fifth aspects.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions).
  • a processor configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip system executes any one of the first to fifth aspects, and any one of the first to fifth aspects possible. Methods in the implementation.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include: an interface circuit and a processing circuit.
  • Interface circuits may include input circuits and output circuits.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive signals through the input circuit and transmit signals through the output circuit, so that the method in any one of the first to fifth aspects and any possible implementation manner of the first to fifth aspects is implemented.
  • the above-mentioned processing device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • This application does not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
  • the wireless communication device when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device may be a terminal such as a smartphone or a wireless access network device such as a base station.
  • the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the wireless communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the wireless communication device.
  • the communication device may be a part of a wireless communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip.
  • the interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc.
  • the processing circuitry may be logic circuitry on the chip.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which embodiments of the present application may be applicable;
  • Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1d is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a possible cell information configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4c is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is another possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes one or more access network devices.
  • the access network device includes a base station. 1 and base station 2 are taken as examples for illustration.
  • Base station 1 includes cell 101 and cell 102, and base station 2 includes cell 103.
  • this scenario includes mobile relay 3.
  • Mobile relay 3 needs to perform cell selection when accessing the network, and subsequently initiates random access in the cell.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to the cell accessed by mobile relay 3 can be called a host base station.
  • mobile relay 3 is used as a vehicle-mounted relay for illustration.
  • Figure 1a shows a possible driving path of the mobile relay 3. According to the driving path, the mobile relay 3 can sequentially access the cell 101 of the base station 1, the cell 102 of the base station 1 and the cell 103 of the base station 2. .
  • the terminal device is user equipment (UE) as an example.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE can access the cell of mobile relay 3.
  • the UE may be a terminal device of a passenger riding on a vehicle in which the mobile relay 3 is deployed. Of course, it may also be a terminal device located at other locations, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application. Any two UEs among the three UEs shown in Figure 1a may be the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile relay 3 is located at a first location (the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1), and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is TAC#1.
  • the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1
  • the second location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of cell 102 of base station 1 or cell 103 of base station 2
  • the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change.
  • the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is still TAC#1. Because for a UE accessing mobile relay 3, the TAC of mobile relay 3 accessed by the UE is TAC#1.
  • the network side may still think that the mobile relay 3 is at the first position, and then determine that the UE accessing the mobile relay 3 is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for mobile relay 3 will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for UEs accessing the mobile relay.
  • the embodiment of the present application aims to determine the TAC of mobile relay 3 based on the location information of mobile relay 3. Therefore, when the UE accesses the cell of mobile relay 3, the UE can obtain the cell of mobile relay 3. TAC. Then, the network side can determine the location of the UE based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the UE accesses. For example, the network side can first determine the current location of mobile relay 3 based on the TAC of the cell of mobile relay 3 that the UE accesses, and then obtain to the location of the UE. It can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiment of this application can configure TAC for the mobile relay.
  • the communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to: fifth generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems (5G), or communication systems or communication networks after 5G, etc., such as new wireless (new radio, NR) system, etc.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile networks
  • 5G 5th generation wireless systems
  • NR new wireless
  • Figure 1b takes 5G as an example to illustrate a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Each device involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below in conjunction with Figure 1b.
  • the access network equipment including the base station 1 in Figure 1a is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the relevant content of base station 2 in Figure 1a is similar to that of base station 1 and will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can access the access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also be called a host node. In English, it can also be called a donor base station, or a donor macro station.
  • Access network equipment is a device in the communication system that connects terminal side equipment to the wireless network.
  • the core network can be accessed through this node.
  • Access network equipment is connected to the core network (such as 5G Core Network (5GC)) through wired links (such as fiber optic cables).
  • the access network device can be responsible for receiving data from the core network and forwarding it to the wireless backhaul device, or receiving data from the wireless backhaul device and forwarding it to the core network.
  • the access network device may be connected to the network in a wired manner, for example.
  • the access network equipment may include a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), and a base transceiver station (base transceiver station).
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B, NB node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS radio network controller
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • base band unit base band unit
  • BBU base band unit
  • LTE-A evolved LTE systems
  • Evolutionary base station NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B
  • it can also include the next generation Node B (next) in the fifth generation (5G) new wireless (new radio, NR) system. generation node B, gNB), etc.
  • the access network equipment may include a gNB-centralized unit (CU) and a gNB-distributed unit (DU).
  • CU gNB-centralized unit
  • DU gNB-distributed unit
  • gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface.
  • the CU and the core network are connected through the next generation (NG) interface.
  • NG next generation
  • gNB-DU includes the functions of the physical layer (PHY)/medium access control (MAC)/radio link control (RLC) layer, which are used for the access network equipment.
  • the relay equipment attached below provides access services.
  • gNB-DU can connect to gNB-CU through the F1 interface.
  • the gNB-DU can also be connected to the terminal device (such as UE111) or the MT function of the relay device (such as the MT of mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
  • gNB-CU is used to control radio resource control (RRC) for all relay devices and terminal devices under it. For example, it can store the context of relay devices and terminal devices.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • gNB-CU can connect with the DU function of other relay devices (such as the DU of mobile relay 3 and the DU of mobile relay 4) through the F1 interface.
  • the function of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the access network device, for example, a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device.
  • the chip can be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logical device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (generic array logic, GAL), system on a chip (SOC) or any combination thereof.
  • CPLD complex programmable logical device
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • GAL general array logic
  • SOC system on a chip
  • the mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can be understood as a relay device with mobile capabilities.
  • mobile relays may include relay devices deployed on movable objects such as aircraft, high-speed trains, vehicles, and drones, or the mobile relay itself may be a relay device with mobile capabilities.
  • part of the content in the embodiment of the present application is shown by taking the mobile relay as a relay device deployed on the vehicle as an example (such as the aforementioned Figure 1a).
  • the mobile relay deployed on the vehicle can be Called VMR.
  • the mobile relay can include two parts: MT and DU.
  • the mobile relay includes the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and the mobile relay 4, and the mobile relay 3 and the mobile relay 4 are currently accessing the base station 1 for illustration.
  • the MT of mobile relay is similar to the function of user equipment (UE), communicating with the parent node through the Uu interface and providing data backhaul.
  • UE user equipment
  • the MT of mobile relay 3 is connected to the DU of the parent node (base station 1) through the Uu interface.
  • the DU of mobile relay is similar to the function of DU in gNB, including the functions of PHY/MAC/RLC layer, communicating with sub-nodes and providing access services to sub-nodes.
  • the DU of mobile relay 3 can provide services for sub-nodes (terminal devices (such as UE112) or other relays (such as mobile relay 4)) through the Uu interface.
  • UE 112 in Figure 1b may be a UE that accesses the cell of mobile relay 3 when mobile relay 3 accesses cell 1 or cell 2 of base station 1 in Figure 1a.
  • Mobile relay 4 is similar to mobile relay 3.
  • the MT of mobile relay 3 can be connected to the DU of the parent node (mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
  • the DU of mobile relay 4 can provide services for terminal equipment (such as UE113) or other relays through the Uu interface.
  • the MT of the mobile relay is called the MT function of the mobile relay, the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the MT entity; the DU of the mobile relay is called the mobile relay.
  • the MT entity and DU entity of mobile relay are just an example of naming. In future communication systems or networks, the MT entity and DU entity can also be replaced by modules with equivalent functions, or there can be other names. This article There are no restrictions on this application.
  • the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may also have other names, such as mobile relay node, mobile relay device, relay node, relay device, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit its name.
  • mobile relay is taken as an example.
  • An end device is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user.
  • the terminal-side device involved in this application may be a terminal device or a terminal, or a hardware component inside the terminal device that can implement the functions of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment includes UE111, UE112 and UE113 as an example for illustration.
  • the terminal-side device may be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function. device, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • terminal devices are: personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, Satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP Session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • sensors satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • Beidou positioning system Beidou positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal side device can also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones.
  • the terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, or remote surgery Wireless terminals in (remote medical surgery), wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), smart home (smart home) Wireless terminals, terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), or vehicle equipment in the Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X), customer premises equipment (CPE) )wait.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • the functions of the terminal-side device can be implemented through hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components can be processors and/or programmable chips inside the terminal device.
  • the chip can be implemented by ASIC, or PLD.
  • PLD can be any one of CPLD, FPGA, GAL, SOC or any combination thereof.
  • the various terminals introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
  • Figure 1b may also include other equipment, such as core network equipment or equipment used to carry virtualized network functions, etc., which are not limited by the embodiment of this application.
  • the network architecture shown in Figure 1b does not limit the number of terminal equipment, mobile relays and access network equipment.
  • Figures 1c and 1d exemplarily illustrate two possible system architecture diagrams applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figures 1c and 1d are introduced by taking the application of the embodiment of the present application to the 5G network architecture as an example. There are many possible 5G network architectures.
  • Figures 1c and 1d are two possible 5G network architectures provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 1c, the network architecture usually includes the following devices, network elements, and networks:
  • Access network equipment including (wireless) access network (radio access network, (R)AN) network elements are used as examples for demonstration.
  • R radio access network
  • R radio access network
  • One or more mobile relays may be deployed between the terminal device and the access network device, such as mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a above.
  • User plane network element used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, interconnecting protocol data unit (PDU) sessions with data networks, and packet routing And forwarding, for example, supports uplink classifier on traffic and then forwards it to the data network, supports branching points to support multi-homed PDU sessions, and packet inspection, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the user plane network element can be a user plane function (UPF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate user plane function (I-UPF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor user plane function (PDU Session anchor user plane function, PSA-UPF) network elements.
  • UPF user plane function
  • I-UPF intermediate user plane function
  • PSA-UPF anchor user plane function
  • user plane network elements can still be UPF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • DN Data network
  • the data networks can be DN1 and DN2.
  • the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Mobility management network element mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions besides session management in the mobility management entity (MME) function, such as, Legal interception, access authorization/authentication, mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authenticating and authorizing users and other functions.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the access and mobility management can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • access and mobility management can still be AMF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Session management network element mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, bearer establishment, modification and release, and quality of service (QoS) control, etc.
  • IP network interconnection protocol
  • the session management network element can be a session management function (SMF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate session management function (I-SMF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor session management function (A-SMF) network elements.
  • SMF session management function
  • I-SMF intermediate session management function
  • A-SMF anchor session management function
  • the session management network element can still be an SMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Policy control network element A unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
  • the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element can still be a PCF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Authentication service network element used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication of terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
  • the authentication service network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF) network element.
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • the authentication service function network element can still be an AUSF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data management network element can be a unified data management (UDM) network element, which can be used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management wait.
  • UDM unified data management
  • unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data management network element can also be a unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR).
  • UDR Unified Data Repository
  • PCF Policy Decision-related or corresponding contract information from UDR.
  • the unified database can still be UDR, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Application network element used for data routing that affects applications, access network open function network elements, and interacts with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
  • the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element 107.
  • AF application function
  • application network elements can still be AF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network storage network element used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
  • the network storage network element may be a network registration function (network repository function, NRF) network element.
  • network storage network elements can still be NRF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network slice selection network element used to provide network slice selection function.
  • the network slice selection network element can be a Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF) network element.
  • NSSF Network Slice Selection Function
  • the network slice selection network element can still be an NSSF.
  • a network element may also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network capability opening network element used to provide network customization functions.
  • the network capability opening network element can be a network capability exposure function (NEF) network element.
  • NEF network capability exposure function
  • the network capability opening network element can still be an NEF network element. Yuan, or it can also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application may also include other network elements, such as network analysis function network elements and service communication function network elements.
  • the network analysis function network element is used to provide network slicing instance-level data analysis functions. For example, you can obtain data, then use the data for training and analysis, and make corresponding inferences based on the analysis results.
  • the network analysis function network element may be a network analytics function (NWDAF) network element.
  • Nnssf, Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meaning of these interface serial numbers can be found in the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, and is not limited here.
  • the above network element or function can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the above network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services.
  • instances of the above functions, or instances of services included in the above functions, or service instances that exist independently of network functions can be called service instances.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the above-mentioned system architecture, and can also be applied to other future communication systems, such as the sixth generation communication (the 6th generation, 6G) system architecture, etc.
  • the names of each network element used in the above embodiments of the present application may maintain the same functions in future communication systems, but the names will change.
  • FIG. 1d illustrates a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • N7 The interface between PCF and SMF, used to deliver protocol data unit (PDU) session granularity and business data flow granularity control policy.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • N15 The interface between PCF and AMF, used to deliver UE policies and access control related policies.
  • N5 The interface between AF and PCF, used for issuing application service requests and reporting network events.
  • N4 The interface between SMF and UPF. It is used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. for the user plane and reporting of user plane information.
  • N11 The interface between SMF and AMF, used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to UE, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
  • N2 The interface between AMF and RAN, used to transmit wireless bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
  • N1 The interface between AMF and UE, independent of access, used to deliver QoS control rules to UE, etc.
  • N8 The interface between AMF and UDM, used for AMF to obtain access and mobility management-related subscription data and authentication data from UDM, and for AMF to register UE's current mobility management-related information with UDM.
  • N10 The interface between SMF and UDM, used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
  • N12 The interface between AMF and AUSF, used by AMF to initiate the authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as the signing identifier;
  • N13 The interface between UDM and AUSF, used by AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from UDM to perform the authentication process.
  • N22 The interface between NSSF and AMF, used for AMF to receive slice selection information from NSSF.
  • the system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application may also include other network elements, such as management equipment.
  • the management equipment is not shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1c and 1d.
  • the management device may include a device with management capabilities for mobile relays.
  • the management device may be an operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device, which may have the functions of operation, maintenance, and management.
  • OAM operations administration and maintenance
  • the management device may Mobile relay operations, maintenance and management.
  • the management device in the embodiment of the present application can establish a connection with one or more network elements in the system architecture shown in Figure 1c and Figure 1d.
  • the management device can establish a connection with an NEF network element, an AMF network element, etc.
  • Figure 2 exemplarily shows a flow chart of a possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. .
  • Figure 2 takes the execution subject including mobile relay and management equipment as an example for introduction.
  • the mobile relay involved in Figure 2 may be the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and Figure 1b.
  • the management device involved in Figure 2 can be a device that has management authority for the mobile relay, for example, it can configure cell configuration information for the mobile relay.
  • the solution on the mobile relay side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the mobile relay, and the solution on the management device side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the management device.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 201 The management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, which can also be understood to mean that the mobile relay has the ability to move, or that the mobile relay has the ability to move.
  • Mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay through multiple channels.
  • the mobile relay can send the location information to the management device.
  • the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  • the management device can first subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. location information, etc.
  • the location information of the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms, and it only needs to be able to indicate the location of the mobile relay.
  • the location information of the mobile relay may include: the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay (for distinction, the TAC of the first cell is called the second TAC in the embodiment of this application). ), at least one of the identifier of the first cell, the identifier of the first access network device, or information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located.
  • the information of the geographical area may include at least one of a longitude area range, a latitude area range, or a geographical area identifier (the geographical area identifier may include, for example, an administrative region identifier, etc.).
  • Step 202 The management device sends the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the management device.
  • the network side can determine the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
  • the relayed location information can then be more accurately determined to determine the current location of the terminal equipment in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay.
  • the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the first TAC involved in the above step 202 and the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay may be the same or different, and may be configured according to actual requirements.
  • the management device when configuring a TAC for a mobile relay, may not reuse the TAC of the cell of the access network device currently accessed by the mobile relay. In this way, the first TAC configured by the management device is the same as the second TAC configured by the management device. TAC is different.
  • the management device can configure a dedicated TAC for the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine that the terminal device accesses the cell of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the cell where the terminal device accesses.
  • the management device when the management device configures the TAC for the mobile relay, the management device may configure the TAC of the mobile relay to be the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, that is, the first TAC and The second TAC is the same. In this way, the network side can directly and accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
  • the solution is relatively simple.
  • the management device may obtain the association between the location and the TAC.
  • the association may include the association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  • the association may be It can also be called correspondence relationship, mapping relationship, etc., and can also be embodied in the form of a mapping table.
  • the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can obtain a more accurate current location of the terminal device.
  • association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC may be preset.
  • the association relationship may also be pre-stored on the management device side; it may also pre-exist in other devices (such as core network devices) or the cloud, and the management device obtains the association relationship from other devices (such as core network devices) or the cloud.
  • Figure 3 exemplarily shows another cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 is an extended embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 301 The mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the mobile relay.
  • Step 301 can be used as an implementation manner of step 201.
  • the mobile relay can obtain the location information of the mobile relay in multiple ways.
  • the mobile relay is currently connected to the first cell of the first access network device, and the mobile relay receives the first broadcast message.
  • the first broadcast message is sent by the first access network device.
  • the first broadcast message includes: at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device.
  • the second TAC is the TAC of the first cell.
  • the mobile relay may send at least one of the second TAC of the first cell, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device to the management device as location information.
  • the mobile relay can trigger the positioning process to obtain the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay queries the core network device for the location of the mobile relay (for example, the mobile relay sends a message to the core network device to query the location of the mobile relay), and the mobile relay receives data from the core network.
  • Location information for the device's mobile relay may include geographical location information of the location of the mobile relay.
  • the location information queried by the mobile relay from the core network device may also include the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. At least one of the identifiers, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the location information.
  • Step 302 The management device sends the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the mobile relay.
  • step 302 For the relevant content of step 302, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
  • Step 303 The mobile relay requests the first access network device to activate the cell of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay may send the first TAC to the first access network device, so that the first access network device obtains the TAC of the mobile relay's cell.
  • Step 303 in the embodiment of this application may be an optional step.
  • the mobile relay can obtain the location information of the mobile relay by itself and send the location information to the management device, there is no need for the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay through other means, and the management The device can directly configure the TAC corresponding to the location information for the mobile relay cell based on the obtained location information, thereby avoiding the signaling consumption caused by the management device obtaining the mobile relay location information through other means. And since there are multiple ways for the mobile relay to determine location information, the solution provided in Figure 3 can improve the flexibility of the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 4a, 4b and 4c exemplarily introduce several possible cell information configurations.
  • Figures 4a, 4b and 4c respectively show several possible expansion schemes of the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 401 The mobile relay sends a first message to the management device.
  • the first message is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • the first message includes location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device receives the first message from the mobile relay.
  • Step 401 may be a possible implementation of the above step 301.
  • Step 402 The management device may send a response message to the first message to the mobile relay, where the response message to the first message carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes the first TAC.
  • the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
  • the cell configuration information may also include cell identification and other information.
  • Step 402 may be a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 302 or step 202.
  • the process of the management device determining the first TAC please refer to the relevant description of step 202, which will not be described again.
  • the information interaction between the mobile relay and the management device in the embodiment of the present application can be the information interaction between the MT entity of the mobile relay and the management device, or it can also be the information interaction between the DU entity of the mobile relay and the management device.
  • the information exchange between them is not limited by this application.
  • the subsequent content is similar and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device may be the MT entity of the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device.
  • the response message in which the management device can send the first message to the mobile relay may be a response message in which the management device can send the first message to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device may be the DU entity of the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device.
  • the response message in which the management device can send the first message to the mobile relay may be a response message in which the management device can send the first message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 403 The mobile relay sends a second message to the first access network device, where the second message is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay can select an appropriate access network device as the host base station, such as selecting the first access network device as the host base station. Then, the DU entity of the mobile relay can select the first access network device as the host base station. The CU entity of the access network device sends the second message.
  • the second message may carry cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay. For example, it may carry part or all of the cell configuration information configured by the management device for the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC may be included in the second message.
  • the second message may also include information such as a cell identifier configured by the management device for the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the second message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
  • Step 403 may be a possible implementation of the above step 303.
  • Step 403 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
  • Step 404 The first access network device sends target configuration information to the core network device.
  • the target configuration information may include the first TAC.
  • the first access network device may send target configuration information to the core network device through a configuration update process.
  • the first access network device may send a configuration update request message to the AMF, where the configuration update request message carries target configuration information.
  • the target configuration information includes a tracking area identity (TAI) list supported by the first access network device.
  • TAI list supported by the first access network device may include a first TAI, and the first TAI may include a first TAC, So that the core network device (such as AMF) learns that the first access network device supports the first TAC.
  • Step 405 The first access network device sends a response message to the second message to the mobile relay.
  • the response message of the second message may carry the activated cell configuration information.
  • the response message of the second message may carry the cell identity of the activated mobile relay cell, and the activated cell identity of the mobile relay cell may include the identity of the first access network device.
  • the response message of the second message can be an F1 setup response, and can be written as F1setup response in English.
  • Step 405 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
  • Step 406 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the mobile relay may send a broadcast message, such as the third broadcast message in step 406.
  • the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is used to send cell information corresponding to the cell of the mobile relay to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device that receives the broadcast message can choose to access the cell and access the network through the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay may send a broadcast message by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the DU entity of the mobile relay may send a broadcast message.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message or the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the mobile relay.
  • the third broadcast message includes the first TAC
  • the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received
  • the mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message.
  • Figure 4a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
  • the mobile relay can carry the location information of the mobile relay in the message requesting the management device to configure the cell configuration information of the mobile relay. In this way, there is no need for the management device to obtain the mobile relay through other means.
  • the management device can directly configure the TAC corresponding to the location information for the cell of the mobile relay based on the obtained location information, thereby avoiding the signaling caused by the management device obtaining the location information of the mobile relay through other means. consumption.
  • the management device can avoid configuring an incorrect TAC for the mobile relay, such as configuring a TAC that does not match the current location for the mobile relay.
  • the management device when the management device configures the cell configuration information for the mobile relay, the management device can configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay. In this way, the mobile relay initially performs cell configuration.
  • the TAC of the cell can be configured as a TAC related to the location information of the mobile relay, so that the network side can determine the actual location of the terminal device accessing the mobile relay, and improve the network's mobility management of the terminal device. efficiency and accuracy.
  • the mobile relay moves after accessing the second cell, and moves from the second cell to the first access
  • the first cell of network equipment is taken as an example for introduction.
  • the TAC of the second cell is called the third TAC
  • the TAC of the first cell is called the second TAC.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell may be the same as the first access network equipment, or may be different.
  • Figure 4b takes the example that the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell is the same as the first access network equipment.
  • Figure 4c takes the example that the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell is different from the first access network equipment. introduce,
  • the method includes:
  • Step 411 The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay moves, it can be understood that both the MT entity of the mobile relay and the DU entity of the mobile relay move.
  • the method for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved may be that the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the MT entity has moved, or the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • a preset movement range can be set in advance.
  • the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement satisfies the preset movement range, the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the following content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • Content 1 The TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 3 The access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 4 The information of the geographical area of the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 5 The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the mobile relay can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range; or, the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range. , it is determined that the mobile relay movement meets the preset movement range.
  • the method is relatively flexible and can be flexibly set according to the actual situation.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes TAC#8. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, and the first broadcast message includes TAC#9.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when TAC#9 and TAC#8 are different, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved to meet the preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies Default movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes cell identification #1. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes cell identification #2.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when the cell identifier #2 is different from the cell identifier #1, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved The movement satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes.
  • the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the access network equipment connected to the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the identification #1 of the access network device. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message.
  • the first broadcast message includes the identification of the access network device# 2.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved when the identifier #2 of the access network device is different from the identifier #1 of the access network device, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range. The movement, or the movement of the mobile relay, satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes: the information of the geographical area of the mobile relay changes.
  • the information on the geographical area of the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the information on the geographical area where the MT entity of the mobile relay is located changes.
  • the positioning process is initiated to obtain the information that the current geographical location of the MT entity of the mobile relay is the information #1 of the geographical area from the core network. Since the mobile relay has moved, when the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates the positioning process again, the core The heart network obtains information #2 that the current geographical location of the MT entity of the mobile relay may be a geographical area.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when the geographical area information #2 is different from the geographical area information #1, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range. The movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes: the movement distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, which may mean that the moving distance of the MT entity of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the preset distance may be an experience value, and the preset distance may be related to the preset movement range. For example, when the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, the mobile relay is likely to have moved out of the currently accessed access network device (or the cell of the currently accessed access network device, or the current corresponding TAC, or the geographic area to which it currently belongs).
  • the preset distance can be set to 1000 meters.
  • the mobile relay can query that the mobile relay's moving distance is greater than the preset distance by triggering the positioning process, or detect that the mobile relay's moving distance is greater than the preset distance through the detection device on the terminal device, or the mobile relay can infer the movement.
  • the moving distance of the relay is greater than the preset distance (for example, inferred based on historical data), or the detection device on other devices detects that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and notifies the mobile relay, or other devices infer the movement.
  • the moving distance of the relay is greater than the preset distance and the mobile relay is notified.
  • the mobile relay determines that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, it is determined that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. Set the movement range.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement does not meet the preset movement range, the mobile relay may not send location information. Alternatively, the mobile relay may attribute such a situation to a situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes any one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved If the content in the preset movement range is satisfied, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the mobile relay is small.
  • the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement requirements.
  • the range allows the mobile relay not to send location information. In this way, the mobile relay can avoid frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay and reduce signaling consumption.
  • the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved If every item in the preset movement range is satisfied, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy the preset movement range. In other words, as long as any item in the preset movement range is met, the mobile relay can determine that its movement satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, and the access network equipment accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement requirements. range, it is possible to allow mobile relays not to send location information.
  • the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell it accesses has changed, but the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay has not changed, the mobile relay can also be allowed to send location information. This can be attributed to the mobile relay. The subsequent movement meets the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content
  • the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the contents in the preset movement range, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement. range, the mobile relay may not send location information. In this case, the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, and the access network equipment accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed has changed, but the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay has not changed, the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information.
  • the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed changes and the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, the mobile relay is allowed to send location information.
  • Step 412 The mobile relay sends a third message to the management device, where the third message includes the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device receives the third message from the mobile relay.
  • the third message in step 412 carries the moved location information of the mobile relay.
  • the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may be associated with a preset movement range.
  • the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may be one or more of the types of location information corresponding to one or more contents included in the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. Then, the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may include the TAC of the cell currently accessed by the mobile relay.
  • the preset mobility range includes: changes in the TAC of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, changes to the cell identity of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, and changes to the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. Equipment changes.
  • the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may include at least one of the TAC of the cell currently accessed by the mobile relay, the cell identifier, and the access network device identifier.
  • Step 412 may be a possible implementation of the above step 301.
  • Step 413 The management device may send a response message to the third message to the mobile relay, where the response message to the third message carries the first TAC.
  • the mobile relay receives the response message of the third message from the management device.
  • the third message may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to the third message may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the third message may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message of the third message may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. After receiving the third message, the management device can feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the management device can also determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For example, when the management device receives the third message and determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the management device feeds back the first TAC to the mobile relay. For another example, when the management device receives the third message and determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, the management device does not feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay.
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • the solution for the management device to determine that the mobile relay has moved is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be elaborated here.
  • the difference is that the mobile relay obtains the TAC and cell number of the cell accessed by the mobile relay.
  • the way in which the information about the area identifier, access network equipment, geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay may be somewhat different from the way in which the management device obtains this information.
  • the management device can receive or query the mobile relay information.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay meets the preset movement range, the mobile relay sends location information to the management device, and when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range If the location is within the range, the location information may not be sent to the management device. In this case, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the mobile relay may obtain the location information and send it to the management device without determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the management device can perform the step of judging whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and feeds back the first TAC to the mobile relay when the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. If the subsequent movement does not meet the preset movement range, the first TAC will not be fed back to the mobile relay.
  • the management device may also directly feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay without performing the step of determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • Step 413 may be a possible implementation of the above step 302.
  • Step 414 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the first access network device, where the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
  • the first access network device side should store the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves.
  • the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves is the same as the first TAC. different.
  • the first access network device updates the TAC of the mobile relay cell to the first TAC.
  • the mobile relay is initially located at position 1, which is within the coverage of the second cell of the first access network device, and the mobile relay accesses the second cell at position 1.
  • the mobile relay's cell The TAC is the TAC corresponding to position 1, and the TAC of the mobile relay cell stored on the first access network device side is the TAC associated with position 1.
  • the mobile relay moved to location 2.
  • Location 2 is located within the coverage of the first cell of the first access network device.
  • the mobile relay sent location 2 to the management device.
  • the management device configured the mobile relay with Position 2 has the first TAC associated with it.
  • the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the first access network device, so that the first access network device updates the mobile relay's TAC associated with position 1 to be associated with position 2.
  • the first TAC of the relationship is provided.
  • the first access network device sends the updated first TAC of the mobile relay cell to the core network device through a configuration update process.
  • the first access network device may Send the first TAC to the AMF, so that the AMF learns that the first access network device supports the first TAC.
  • the first access network device sends a response message to the configuration update message to the mobile relay.
  • the response message of the configuration update message may indicate that the cell configuration information update of the mobile relay is completed.
  • the mobile relay may perform step 415.
  • Step 415 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message may include the identity of the first TAC and/or the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the content of step 415 please refer to the relevant content of step 406, which will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay moves within the preset movement range, the mobile relay can send the current location information of the mobile relay to the management device, so that the management device can calculate the location information after the mobile relay has moved.
  • the cell of the mobile relay allocates TAC, which can achieve the effect that the TAC of the mobile relay is kept updated as it moves, that is, the TAC of the mobile relay is associated with the location of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can request the access network device to update the TAC of the mobile relay's cell, thereby maintaining the mobile base station's TAC stored on the host base station side. Accuracy of cell configuration information.
  • the mobile relay moves out of the coverage area of the current access network equipment (for example, the mobile relay moves from the coverage area of the second access network equipment to the coverage area of the first access network equipment).
  • the host base station of the mobile relay changes as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 421 The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • Step 422 The mobile relay sends the third message to the management device.
  • Step 423 The management device may send a response message of the third message to the mobile relay.
  • step 421 to step 423 For the content of step 421 to step 423, please refer to the aforementioned step 411 to step 413, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 424 The mobile relay sends a second message to the first access network device, where the second message is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • step 424 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 403, and will not be described again.
  • Step 425 The first access network device sends target configuration information to the core network device through a configuration update process.
  • the target configuration information may include the first TAC.
  • step 425 For the content of step 425, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 404, and will not be described again.
  • Step 426 The first access network device sends a response message to the second message to the mobile relay.
  • step 426 For the content of step 426, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 405, and will not be described again.
  • Step 427 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message includes the first TAC.
  • step 427 For the content of step 427, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 406, and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay moves within the preset movement range, the mobile relay can send the current location information of the mobile relay to the management device, so that the management device can calculate the location information after the mobile relay has moved.
  • the cell of the mobile relay allocates TAC, which can achieve the effect that the TAC of the mobile relay is kept updated as it moves, that is, the TAC of the mobile relay is associated with the location of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can request the new host base station to activate the cell of the mobile relay again, and will move when requesting the activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • the relayed new TAC is sent to the new host base station, so that the accuracy of the cell configuration information of the mobile base station stored on the host base station side can be maintained.
  • Fig. 5a and Fig. 5b exemplarily show A schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method is provided.
  • Figure 5a is an example where the mobile relay has not changed its host base station
  • Figure 5b is an example where the mobile relay has changed its host base station.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 501 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
  • the broadcast message a1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
  • the broadcast message a1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message a1 supports mobile relay.
  • Step 502 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can select a cell that supports the DU entity of the mobile relay for access based on the indication information carried in the broadcast message of whether to support mobile relay, such as the MT entity of the mobile relay. Select cell 1 for access.
  • Step 503 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may send an RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message may carry indication information indicating that the RRC connection is initiated by the mobile relay.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message may include the RRC connection setup procedure.
  • the access network device may send an RRC establishment completion message to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the RRC establishment completion message is used to indicate that the RRC connection is successfully established.
  • Step 504 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the registration request message.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may send a registration request message to the core network device through the access network device.
  • Core network equipment may include AMF.
  • the registration request message may carry indication information indicating that the registered network is a mobile relay, and then the core network device verifies the identity of the mobile relay.
  • the registration request message may include N2message.
  • Step 505 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • the process of registering the MT entity of the mobile relay on the network is similar to the process of registering the terminal device on the network device, and will not be elaborated here.
  • Step 506 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 507 The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device.
  • Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • Message a2 includes location information 1 of the mobile relay.
  • the management device receives message a2 from the mobile relay.
  • step 507 For the relevant content of step 507, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 401.
  • relevant content of the message a2 please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing first message (for example, the message a2 can be the foregoing first message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 508 The management device determines the TAC#2 corresponding to the location information 1 of the mobile relay based on the location information 1 carried in the message a2.
  • step 508 For the relevant content of step 508, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
  • Step 509 The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay.
  • the response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#2.
  • the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
  • TAC#2 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • relevant content of step 509 please refer to the relevant description of step 402, which will not be described again.
  • message a2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • message a2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 510 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • Message a3 is used to request activation of a mobile relay cell.
  • Message a3 can carry TAC#2.
  • the access network device receives the message a3
  • step 510 For the relevant content of step 510, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 403.
  • the relevant content of the message a3 please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing second message (for example, the message a3 can be the foregoing second message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 511 The access network device sends TAC#2 to the core network device.
  • access network device 1 may also send other information to the core network device, such as information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  • information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay For the relevant content of step 511, please refer to the relevant description of step 404.
  • TAC#2 may be carried in the target configuration information, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
  • Step 512 The access network device sends a response message of message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 512 For the relevant content of step 512, please refer to the relevant description of step 405, which will not be described again.
  • Step 513 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a4.
  • the broadcast message a4 includes TAC#2.
  • the relevant content of step 513 please refer to the relevant description of step 406, which will not be described again.
  • Step 514 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a5, where the broadcast message a5 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 2 of access network device one, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device one.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state.
  • the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message a5. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
  • Step 515 The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the mobile relay may determine that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • the mobile relay When the mobile relay responds to the above content 1 (the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes), content 2 (the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes) or content 3 (the cell the mobile relay accesses changes), When it is determined that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the following: changes in access network equipment), the mobile relay can determine that the mobile relay has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message a5 received in step 514. In this case In this case, step 515 needs to be executed after step 514.
  • step 515 may be performed first and then step 514, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • step 515 For the relevant content of step 515, please refer to the relevant description of step 411, which will not be described again.
  • Step 516 The mobile relay sends message a6 to the management device.
  • the message a6 includes the location information 2 of the mobile relay.
  • the location indicated by the location information 2 of the mobile relay carried in message a6 is the location of the mobile relay after movement. After the movement, the mobile relay is within the coverage of cell 2 of access network device one.
  • step 516 For the relevant content of step 516, please refer to the relevant description of step 412, which will not be described again.
  • Step 517 The management device determines the TAC#3 corresponding to the location information 2 of the mobile relay based on the location information 2 carried in the message a6.
  • step 517 For the relevant content of step 517, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
  • Step 518 The management device may send a response message to message a6 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a6 carries TAC#3.
  • the mobile relay receives the response message of message a6 from the management device.
  • message a6 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a6 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • message a6 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a6 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • TAC#3 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • relevant content of step 518 please refer to the relevant description of step 413, which will not be described again.
  • Step 519 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay from TAC#2 to TAC#3.
  • step 519 For the relevant content of step 519, please refer to the relevant description of step 414, which will not be described again.
  • Step 520 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a7.
  • the broadcast message a7 may include TAC#3.
  • the content of step 520 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 415, and will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#2 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located.
  • the mobile relay can send the location information again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 2 where the mobile relay is located.
  • Assign TAC#3 to the mobile relay. If the mobile relay moves later, if it moves to a cell of access network device 1 that is different from cell 2, the mobile relay can resend the location information.
  • This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 520, and no longer Repeat.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
  • the mobile relay is moved out of the coverage of the current access network device, that is, the mobile relay is moved from the access network device one to the access network device two. That is, in the example shown in Figure 5b, the host base station of the mobile relay changes.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 601 The mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
  • Step 602 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • Step 603 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • Step 604 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • Step 605 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • Step 606 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 607 The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device.
  • Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • information a2 includes location information 1 of the mobile relay.
  • Step 608 The management device determines the TAC #2 corresponding to the location information 1 of the mobile relay based on the location information 1 carried in the message a2.
  • Step 609 The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay.
  • the response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#2.
  • Step 610 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message a3 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • Message a3 can carry TAC#2.
  • Step 611 The access network device sends TAC#2 to the core network device.
  • Step 612 The access network device sends a response message of message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 613 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a4.
  • Steps 601 to 613 included in Figure 5b are the same as steps 501 to 513 included in Figure 5a and will not be described again.
  • Step 614 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a8.
  • the broadcast message a8 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state.
  • the mobile relay may receive broadcast message a8. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay when the MT entity of the mobile relay switches from access network device 1 to access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two. This step is not shown in Figure 5b.
  • Step 615 The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • step 615 For the relevant content of step 615, please refer to the relevant description of step 515, which will not be described again.
  • Step 616 The mobile relay sends message a9 to the management device.
  • the message a9 includes the location information 3 of the mobile relay.
  • the location indicated by the location information 3 of the mobile relay carried in message a9 is the location of the mobile relay after movement. After the movement, the mobile relay is within the coverage of cell 3 of access network device 2.
  • step 616 For the relevant content of step 616, please refer to the relevant description of step 412, which will not be described again.
  • Step 617 The management device determines the TAC #4 corresponding to the location information 3 of the mobile relay based on the location information 3 carried in the message a9.
  • step 617 For the relevant content of step 617, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
  • Step 618 The management device may send a response message to message a9 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a9 carries TAC#4.
  • the mobile relay receives the response message of message a9 from the management device.
  • TAC#4 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • relevant content of step 618 please refer to the relevant description of step 413, which will not be described again.
  • message a9 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a9 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • message a9 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message of message a9 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • relevant content please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
  • Step 619 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a10 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message a10 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • Message a10 may include TAC#4.
  • step 619 For the content of step 619, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 403, and will not be described again.
  • Step 620 Access network device 2 sends TAC#4 to the core network device.
  • the access network device 2 may also send other information to the core network device, such as information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  • information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay For the relevant content of step 620, please refer to the relevant description of step 404. TAC#4 can be carried in the target configuration information, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
  • Step 621 Access network device 2 sends a response message of message a10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 621 For the content of step 621, please refer to the relevant content of step 405, and will not be described again.
  • Step 622 The mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11 or the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11.
  • This application is not limited.
  • relevant content please refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
  • the broadcast message a11 includes TAC#4.
  • step 622 For the content of step 622, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 406, and will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#2 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located. .
  • the mobile relay can send the location information again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 3 where the mobile relay is located.
  • Assign TAC#4 to the mobile relay. If the mobile relay moves later, if it moves to an access network device different from the access network device 2, the mobile relay can resend the location information.
  • This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 614 to 622, and is no longer Repeat.
  • the mobile relay can resend the location information.
  • This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 520 and will not be described again.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
  • the management device can also obtain the location information of the mobile relay through various other methods.
  • the core network device sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  • the solution in which the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device can reduce the number of times the mobile relay sends location information to the management device, thereby saving mobile relay power.
  • the management device can subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay, and then the core network device can send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • a message for subscribing to the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the core network device.
  • the message used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may include indication information indicating the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the indication information may be the identity of the MT entity, and the identity of the MT entity may be a general public user.
  • ISDN Global System for Mobile communications
  • PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
  • the core network device may store information indicating the mobile relay The corresponding relationship between the indication information of the MT entity and the location information of the mobile relay (such as the location information of the MT entity of the mobile relay). Then, the core network device can use the indication for instructing the MT entity of the mobile relay to The information queries the location information of the mobile relay from the corresponding relationship, and then the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the management device.
  • the message used to subscribe to the location information of a mobile relay may include indication information (such as the identity of the DU entity) used to indicate the mobile relay's DU entity, and the core network device may store the information used to indicate the mobile relay's location information.
  • the corresponding relationship between the indication information of the DU entity of the relay and the location information of the mobile relay (such as the location information of the MT entity of the mobile relay).
  • the core network device can use the DU for indicating the mobile relay to
  • the entity's indication information queries the location information of the mobile relay from the corresponding relationship, and then the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the management device.
  • the management device can configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the obtained location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can periodically query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another cell information configuration method.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be regarded as an extended embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 701 The mobile relay sends the identification of the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the management device receives the identification of the mobile relay from the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the identity of the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the identity of the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the identity of the mobile relay can be used when the subsequent management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can send the identity of the mobile relay to the core network device NEF so that NEF can query the mobile relay identity.
  • the corresponding AMF thereby subscribing to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the AMF side can store the correspondence between the identity of the MT entity of the mobile relay and the location information of the mobile relay, and then the AMF can query the location information of the mobile relay based on the identity of the MT entity from the correspondence.
  • the identity of the mobile relay can be understood as the identity of the MT function of the mobile relay that has successfully accessed the network, such as the subscriber permanent identifier (SUPI), mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number , MSISDN) etc.
  • SUPI subscriber permanent identifier
  • MSISDN mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number
  • ISDN is the abbreviation of integrated service digital network (ISDN).
  • PSTN is the abbreviation of public switched telephone network (PSTN).
  • the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may be an identification of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can determine that the mobile relay has mobility capabilities based on the identifier of the mobile relay. Rules can be preset on the management device side: for relay devices with mobile capabilities, location information of such relay devices needs to be subscribed.
  • the management device determines that the mobile relay has mobility capabilities based on the received identification of the mobile relay, and then the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
  • step 701 can also be replaced by: the mobile relay sends the identification of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the location information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application is
  • the indication information may be: information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capabilities. Rules can be preset on the management device side: for relay devices with mobile capabilities, location information of such relay devices needs to be subscribed.
  • the management device determines that the mobile relay has mobility capability based on the received information indicating that the type of the mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capability, and then the management device subscribes to the core network device for the mobility capability. location information.
  • the information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capabilities can be implemented in a variety of ways.
  • the information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay device type, and then For example, it may be information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device deployed on a drone.
  • Another example may be information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device deployed on an aircraft. Since vehicles, drones, or aircraft have mobility capabilities and are usually in a mobile state, relay devices deployed on such vehicles can be regarded as relay devices with mobility capabilities.
  • relay devices without mobility capabilities may be called non-mobile relays.
  • the management device configures TAC for such non-mobile relays, it may be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relays. TAC may also not be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relay.
  • the management device determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay (for example, the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay), it determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay; For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, it is determined that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay. ), and there is no need to configure TAC based on the location information of the non-mobile relay, the management device does not need to subscribe to the location information of the non-mobile relay, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the management device determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. For example, if the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, then it determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay.
  • the relay equipment is a non-mobile relay.
  • the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, it is determined that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay. .
  • the mobile relay may subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay upon receiving indication information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device may not subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay if the management device does not receive the instruction information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay. This can reduce the signaling consumption caused by subscribing to location information of non-mobile relays.
  • step 701 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
  • Figure 6 takes the mobile relay execution step 701 as an example.
  • Step 702 The management device sends a first subscription request message to the NEF.
  • the first subscription request message is used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the first subscription request message may carry the identifier of the mobile relay and the subscription event identifier, where the subscription event identifier is used to indicate that this subscription event includes the location information of the subscribed mobile relay.
  • the management device may determine the subscription event identifier according to the preset movement range. It can also be understood that the subscription event identifier can indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to.
  • the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may be associated with a preset movement range.
  • the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to can be one or more items included in the preset movement range.
  • One or more types of location information corresponding to the content may be associated with a preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. Then the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may include the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay.
  • the preset mobility range includes: changes in the TAC of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, changes to the cell identity of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, and changes to the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. Equipment changes.
  • the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may include at least one of the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay, the cell identity, or the access network device identity.
  • Step 703 NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF.
  • the second subscription request message is used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the NEF may query the UDM for the AMF serving the mobile relay according to the identifier of the mobile relay, and then send the second subscription request message to the AMF.
  • the second subscription request message may carry the identifier of the mobile relay and the subscription event identifier, where the subscription event identifier is used to indicate that this subscription event includes the location information of the subscribed mobile relay.
  • Step 704 AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF comes in many forms.
  • the location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF may include the TAC of the cell that the mobile relay accesses, the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses, or the mobile relay's location information. At least one of the identifiers of the access network equipment for relay access.
  • the TAI in the embodiment of this application may include the TAC and the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identifier, or it may also be understood that the TAC is included in the TAI.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the subscription event identifier carried in the second subscription request message may indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to.
  • the AMF can feed back to the management device location information that matches the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to based on the subscription event identifier.
  • the location information of the mobile relay subscribed by the management device includes the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses.
  • the location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF also includes the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses. Then the mobile relay can be The identification of the accessed cell is sent to the management device.
  • the subscription event identifier in the embodiment of this application may not indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to.
  • the AMF can notify the management device of the queried location information of the mobile relay.
  • Step 705 The AMF sends a first notification message to the management device.
  • the first notification message carries the location information 4 of the mobile relay.
  • the AMF can send the location information 4 of the mobile relay to the management device through step 705.
  • the AMF may send the first notification message to the management device through NEF.
  • the AMF may first send the notification message to NEF, and then the NEF may transparently transmit or forward the first notification message to the management device.
  • Step 706 The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
  • step 706 For the relevant content of step 706, please refer to the relevant content of the management device determining the TAC of the mobile relay cell based on the location information, and will not be described again.
  • Step 707 The management device sends TAC#5 to the mobile relay.
  • TAC#5 is determined based on the location information 4 of the mobile relay.
  • TAC#5 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • TAC#5 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 707 For the relevant content of step 707, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
  • step 708 may also be included:
  • Step 708 AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the AMF since the AMF receives the second subscription request message, that is, the management device subscribes to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay, the AMF determines whether the mobile relay has moved. It can also be understood as step 703 as a prerequisite for step 708.
  • the AMF does not need to determine whether the mobile relay has moved. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the AMF does not determine whether the mobile relay has moved for all mobile relays, thereby reducing the workload of the AMF.
  • step 708 the AMF needs to determine that the location movement range of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • the AMF determines whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range based on the obtained information.
  • the preset movement range includes: the identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the first access network device to the first cell of the first access network device.
  • the first access network device Send the identifier of the second cell accessed by the mobile relay to the AMF.
  • the first access network device sends the identifier of the first cell that the mobile relay accesses to the AMF.
  • the AMF determines that the identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay is updated from the identity of the second cell to the identity of the first cell, the AMF determines that the location of the mobile relay has moved.
  • the AMF's determination of whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and will not be elaborated here.
  • the difference is that the mobile relay obtains the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information of the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay, and the AMF obtains this information.
  • the methods may be somewhat different.
  • the AMF can receive or query the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information of the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • Step 709 The AMF sends a second notification message to the management device.
  • the second notification message carries the location information 5 of the mobile relay.
  • the AMF can perform step 709 when it determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the location information 5 of the mobile relay carried by the AMF in the second notification message is the location information of the mobile relay after movement.
  • the location information 5 of the mobile relay is different from the location information 4 of the mobile relay. It is worth explaining that the access network device corresponding to location information 4 and the access network device corresponding to location information 5 may be the same or different.
  • the AMF executes step 709 to send the moved location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the AMF may not send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device. , or attribute this situation to the situation where the mobile relay has not moved.
  • AMF may send a second notification message to the management device through NEF.
  • AMF may first send The notification message is sent, and then the NEF transparently transmits or forwards the second notification message to the management device.
  • Step 710 The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
  • step 710 For the relevant content of step 710, please refer to the relevant content of the management device determining the TAC of the mobile relay cell based on the location information, and will not be described again.
  • the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the management device receives the location information 5, it can determine the TAC #6 corresponding to the location information 5.
  • the management device can also determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For example, the management device receives the location information 5, and determines the TAC #6 corresponding to the location information 5 when it is determined that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For another example, when the management device receives location information 5 and determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, it is not sure of the TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5 and no longer notifies the mobile relay of TAC#6. .
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • the solution for the management device to determine that the mobile relay has moved is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be elaborated here.
  • the difference lies in the way in which the mobile relay obtains the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay, and the management device.
  • the methods of this information may be somewhat different.
  • the management device may receive or query the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay, cell identity, access network equipment, information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or information about the mobile relay's location. Moving distance.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the AMF when the AMF determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the AMF sends location information to the management device, and when the AMF determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range , you do not need to send location information to the management device. In this case, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the AMF may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the management device can determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the AMF may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay meets the preset movement range, and notify the management device after obtaining the location information.
  • the management device can perform the step of judging whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and feeds back TAC#6 to the mobile relay when the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. If the relay's movement does not meet the preset movement range, TAC#6 will not be fed back to the mobile relay.
  • the management device may also directly feed back TAC#6 to the mobile relay without performing the step of determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • Step 711 The management device sends TAC#6 to the mobile relay.
  • TAC#6 is determined based on the location information 5 of the mobile relay.
  • TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • TAC#6 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 711 For the relevant content of step 711, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
  • step 707 can be used as a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 202.
  • TAC#5 is the above-mentioned first TAC.
  • Step 711 can also be used as a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 202.
  • TAC#6 is the above-mentioned first TAC.
  • the mobile relay may move one or more times in the future.
  • the AMF can send the location information of the moved mobile relay to the management device again, so that the management device can move according to the The moved location information of the mobile relay configures a TAC for the mobile relay, thereby achieving the effect of dynamically configuring a TAC for the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device can receive the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device in various scenarios. For example, after the AMF receives the second subscription request message, the AMF may send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device through step 705. For another example, after the AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved, the AMF may send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device through step 709. Step 705 and step 709 can be regarded as several possible implementations of the aforementioned step 201.
  • the solution provided in Figure 6 can also include other steps. For example, after obtaining the TAC from the management device, the mobile relay can also send the received TAC to the host base station. The mobile relay can also send the received TAC to the host base station according to the TAC obtained from the management device. Send a broadcast message.
  • FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b can be regarded as an extended scheme based on the scheme of Figure 6.
  • Figure 7a is an example where the mobile relay has not changed its host base station
  • Figure 7b is an example where the mobile relay has changed its host base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to location information 4 and the access network equipment corresponding to location information 5 may be the same or different.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to location information 4 and the access network equipment corresponding to location information 5 are The access network equipment can be the same as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 801 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
  • the broadcast message b1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
  • Step 802 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • Step 803 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • Step 804 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the registration request message.
  • Step 805 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • Step 806 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • steps 801 to 806 please refer to the relevant content of the foregoing steps 501 to 506.
  • broadcast message b1 please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing broadcast message a1, which will not be described again.
  • Step 807 The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device.
  • Message b2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • the management device receives the message b2 from the mobile relay.
  • Message b2 may include an identification of the mobile relay and/or indication information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the message b2 may not include the location information 4 of the mobile relay.
  • step 807 For the relevant content of step 807, please refer to the relevant content of step 701, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 808 The management device sends a first subscription request message to NEF.
  • step 808 For the relevant content of step 808, please refer to the relevant description of step 702, and will not be described again here.
  • Step 809 NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF.
  • step 809 For the relevant content of step 809, please refer to the relevant description of step 703, and will not be described again here.
  • Step 810 AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
  • step 810 For the relevant content of step 810, please refer to the relevant description of step 704, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 811 AMF sends a first notification message to the management device.
  • step 811 For the relevant content of step 811, please refer to the relevant description of step 705, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 812 The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
  • step 812 For the relevant content of step 812, please refer to the relevant description of step 706, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 813 The management device may send a response message to message b2 to the mobile relay.
  • the response message to message b2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#5.
  • the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
  • TAC#5 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • message b2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • message b2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • relevant content please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
  • Step 814 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message b3 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • Message b3 can carry TAC#5.
  • step 814 please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 510.
  • the relevant content of the message b3 please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing second message (for example, the message b3 can be the foregoing second message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 815 The access network device sends TAC#5 to the core network device.
  • the access network device may also send other information in the activated mobile relay cell configuration information to the core network device, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application.
  • the relevant content of step 815 please refer to the relevant description of step 511, which will not be described again.
  • Step 816 The access network device sends a response message of message b3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 816 For the relevant content of step 816, please refer to the relevant description of step 512, which will not be described again.
  • Step 817 The mobile relay sends broadcast message b4.
  • the broadcast message b4 includes TAC#5.
  • the relevant content of step 817 please refer to the relevant description of step 513, which will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state. Since the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay may perform step 818:
  • Step 818 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b5, where the broadcast message b5 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 2 of access network device one, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device one.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state.
  • the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message b5. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
  • Step 819 AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • step 819 For the relevant content of step 819, please refer to the relevant description of step 708, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 820 AMF sends a second notification message to the management device.
  • step 820 For the relevant content of step 820, please refer to the relevant description of step 709, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 821 The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
  • step 821 For the relevant content of step 821, please refer to the relevant description of step 710, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 822 The management device may send TAC#6 to the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay receives TAC#6 from the management device.
  • TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • Step 823 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay from TAC#5 to TAC#6.
  • step 823 For the relevant content of step 823, please refer to the relevant description of step 519, which will not be described again.
  • Step 824 The mobile relay sends broadcast message b7.
  • the broadcast message b7 may include TAC#6.
  • the content of step 824 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 520, and will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#5 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located.
  • the AMF can send the location information to the management device again so that the management device can rely on the location information of cell 2 where the mobile relay is located. Assign TAC#6 to the mobile relay. Subsequently, if the mobile relay moves again, if it moves to a cell different from cell 2 of access network device 1, the AMF can send the location information to the management device again.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
  • the mobile relay moves out of the coverage range of the current access network equipment, that is, the host base station of the mobile relay changes, as an example.
  • an introduction is made by taking the access network device corresponding to location information 4 and the access network device corresponding to location information 5 being different as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 901 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
  • Step 902 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • Step 903 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • Step 904 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • Step 905 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • Step 906 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 907 The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device.
  • Step 908 The management device sends a first subscription request message to NEF.
  • Step 909 NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF.
  • Step 910 AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
  • Step 911 AMF sends a first notification message to the management device.
  • Step 912 The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
  • Step 913 The management device may send a response message of message b2 to the mobile relay.
  • Step 914 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 915 The access network device sends TAC#5 to the core network device.
  • Step 916 The access network device sends a response message of message b3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 917 The mobile relay sends broadcast message b4.
  • steps 901 to 917 For the relevant content of steps 901 to 917, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned steps 801 to 817, and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state. Since the mobile relay has moved, for example, the mobile relay may move within the coverage of access network device 2, so the mobile relay may perform step 918:
  • Step 918 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b8.
  • the broadcast message b8 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state.
  • the mobile relay may receive broadcast message b8. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
  • Step 919 The AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • step 919 For the relevant content of step 919, please refer to the relevant description of step 708, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 920 The AMF sends a second notification message to the management device.
  • step 920 For the relevant content of step 920, please refer to the relevant description of step 709, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 921 The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
  • step 921 For the relevant content of step 921, please refer to the relevant description of step 710, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 922 The management device may send TAC#6 to the mobile relay.
  • TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
  • Step 923 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b10 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message b10 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
  • Message b10 may include TAC#6.
  • step 923 For the content of step 923, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 619, and will not be described again.
  • Step 924 Access network device 2 sends TAC#6 to the core network device.
  • the access network device may also send other information in the activated mobile relay cell configuration information to the core network device, which is not limited by this embodiment of the application.
  • step 924 For the content of step 924, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 620, and will not be described again.
  • Step 925 Access network device 2 sends a response message of message b10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 925 For the content of step 925, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 621, and will not be described again.
  • Step 926 The mobile relay sends the broadcast message b11.
  • the broadcast message b11 includes TAC#6.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#5 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located.
  • the AMF can send the location information to the management device again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 3 where the mobile relay is located.
  • network element A when a certain network element (for example, network element A) receives information from another network element (for example, network element B), it may mean that network element A directly receives information from network element B. Receiving information may also refer to network element A receiving information from network element B via other network elements (for example, network element C).
  • network element C When network element A receives information from network element B via network element C, network element C can transparently transmit the information or process the information, for example, carry the information in different messages for transmission or filter the information. , and only sends the filtered information to network element A.
  • network element A when network element A sends information to network element B, it may mean that network element A sends information directly to network element B, or it may mean that network element A sends information to network element B via other network elements (for example, network C). element) sends information to network element B.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably.
  • “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device can be a mobile relay or management device, or it can be a chip or a circuit.
  • it can be provided on a mobile relay A chip or circuit, another example is a chip or circuit that can be installed in a management device.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the mobile relay side or the management device side in any of the related solutions in Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b. method.
  • the communication device 1801 includes a processor 1802 and a transceiver 1803.
  • the communication device 1801 may include a memory 1804.
  • the dotted line on the memory 1804 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
  • the communication device 1801 may further include a bus system, wherein the processor 1802, the memory 1804, and the transceiver 1803 may be connected through the bus system.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1802 may be a chip.
  • the processor 1802 can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller unit, MCU), or a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processing unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1802 .
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor 1802.
  • Software modules can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1804.
  • the processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1804 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the processor 1802 in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory 1804 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application please refer to the foregoing content and will not be described again here.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay; receive Cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device.
  • the cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes the first TAC.
  • the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay; where the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay Relays are used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. At least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: query the core network device for the location of the mobile relay; the mobile relay receives data from the core network Location information for the device's mobile relay.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to determine that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to determine that the mobile relay has moved based on the TAC, cell identification or access network equipment identification of the mobile relay access cell.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send instruction information to the management device, the instruction information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay; receive location information from the management device for the mobile relay The first TAC configured in the relay cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: obtain the location information of the mobile relay; send the first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay. , the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay; wherein the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • the processor 1802 is used to The transceiver 1803 performs: receiving location information from the mobile relay, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay; receive the mobile relay from the core network device. location information.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receive indication information from the mobile relay, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay. location information.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: determine the location according to the association relationship between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  • the first TAC corresponding to the message.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication device 1901 may include a communication interface 1903 and a processor 1902. Further, the communication device 1901 may include a memory 1904. The dotted line on memory 1904 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
  • the communication interface 1903 is used to input and/or output information; the processor 1902 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6.
  • the communication interface 1903 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8
  • the processor 1902 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8
  • the memory 1904 can implement the memory 1804 of Figure 8. The implemented solution will not be described again here.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2001 can be a mobile relay or management device, or can be a chip or circuit.
  • it can be configured Chips or circuits used in mobile relay or management equipment.
  • the communication device 2001 includes a processing unit 2002 and a communication unit 2003. Further, the communication device 2001 may or may not include the storage unit 2004.
  • the memory unit 2004 in the figure is dotted to further indicate that the memory is optional.
  • the communication unit 2003 is used to input and/or output information; the processing unit 2002 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6.
  • the communication unit 2003 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8
  • the processing unit 2002 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8
  • the storage unit 2004 can implement the memory of Figure 8. The solution implemented by 1804 will not be described again here.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code or instructions.
  • the computer program product causes the The computer executes the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute Figures 3 and 4a. , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b.
  • the present application also provides a chip system, and the chip system may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b method.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions).
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip system executes any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b The method of any one of the embodiments shown in the item.
  • this application also provides a system, which includes one or more of the aforementioned mobile relays and management devices.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • Computer instructions When computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g.
  • Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes
  • optical media e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state disks (SSD)
  • the second communication device in the above device embodiments corresponds to the second communication device or the first communication device in the first communication device and method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, such as communication units (transceivers).
  • corresponding modules or units such as communication units (transceivers).
  • processing unit processing unit
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, a thread of execution, a program and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • applications running on the computing device and the computing device may be components.
  • One or more components can reside in a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. Additionally, these components can execute from various computer-readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component, a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals) via local and/or remote processes to communicate.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component, a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate.
  • a component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • Functions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium when implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.

Abstract

A cell information configuration method and apparatus, and a readable storage medium and a chip system, which relate to the technical field of communications and are used for configuring a TAC for a mobile relay having a mobile capability. In the present application, a management device may acquire location information of a mobile relay, and then configure a TAC for a cell of the mobile relay according to the location information of the mobile relay. Since the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay is determined according to the location information of the mobile relay, a network side may determine the location information of the mobile relay according to a TAC of a mobile relay that a termination device accesses, such that the location of the termination device accessing the mobile relay may be determined.

Description

小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统Cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年03月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210306877.8、申请名称为“小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on March 25, 2022, with the application number 202210306877.8, and the application name is "Community Information Configuration Method, Device, Readable Storage Medium and Chip System", all of which The contents are incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system.
背景技术Background technique
为了提升网络容量和覆盖,提出了一种支持无线回传传输的中继节点用于实现密集网络的部署。把支持中继功能的设备简称为中继设备(也可以称位中继或中继节点),中继设备对接入其小区的终端提供与普通基站类似的功能和服务,中继设备与终端之间的通信链路称之为接入链路(access link)。中继设备通过无线接口以类似终端的方式接入一个服务于它的基站,该基站称为宿主基站(donor base station),中继设备和宿主基站之间的无线接口链路称为回传链路(backhaul link)。In order to improve network capacity and coverage, a relay node that supports wireless backhaul transmission is proposed to implement dense network deployment. Devices that support relay functions are referred to as relay devices (can also be called relays or relay nodes). Relay devices provide similar functions and services to ordinary base stations for terminals accessing their cells. Relay devices and terminals The communication link between them is called the access link. The relay device accesses a base station serving it in a terminal-like manner through a wireless interface. The base station is called a donor base station. The wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link. road (backhaul link).
第五代移动通信系统(the fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)研究中提出了集成无线接入链路和无线回传链路的接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)的节点。IAB节点可以通过其移动终端(Mobile-Termination,MT)功能接入网络,之后由操作维护管理(operations administration and maintenance,OAM)设备为该IAB节点配置小区信息,该小区信息可以包括为该IAB节点配置的跟踪区编码(tracking area code,TAC)。现有的IAB节点为地面上固定不动的中继设备。当终端设备接入该固定的IAB节点,网络侧可以根据该终端设备当前接入的IAB节点小区的TAC确定出该终端设备所处的位置。In the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) research, integrated access and backhaul (integrated access and backhaul) that integrates wireless access links and wireless backhaul links are proposed. IAB) node. The IAB node can access the network through its mobile terminal (Mobile-Termination, MT) function, and then the operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device configures cell information for the IAB node. The cell information can be included in the IAB node. Configured tracking area code (TAC). Existing IAB nodes are fixed relay devices on the ground. When a terminal device accesses the fixed IAB node, the network side can determine the location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the IAB node cell currently accessed by the terminal device.
随着技术的发展,在很多应用场景中要求配置可以移动的中继设备。比如基于车载场景提出移动基站中继(mobile base station relay)(又称为车载中继(vehicle mounted relay,VMR)。该VMR节点可以配置在车内,可以随车辆移动。该VMR可以为车内或车附近的终端设备提供服务,可以理解为VMR节点就是具有移动能力的IAB节点,VMR也可以称为移动中继。跟前面介绍的现有的IAB架构类似,VMR节点可以通过无线接口以类似终端的方式接入一个服务于它的基站,该基站可以称为宿主基站(donor base station),中继设备和宿主基站之间的无线接口链路称为回传链路。With the development of technology, mobile relay devices are required in many application scenarios. For example, a mobile base station relay (also known as vehicle mounted relay (VMR)) is proposed based on the vehicle scenario. The VMR node can be configured in the vehicle and can move with the vehicle. The VMR can be in the vehicle Or the terminal equipment near the car provides services. It can be understood that the VMR node is an IAB node with mobile capabilities. VMR can also be called a mobile relay. Similar to the existing IAB architecture introduced earlier, the VMR node can use a wireless interface similar to The terminal accesses a base station that serves it. The base station can be called a donor base station. The wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link.
此外,VMR节点还可以通过其移动终端(mobile-termination,MT)功能接入网络,之后由OAM设备为该VMR节点配置小区信息。In addition, the VMR node can also access the network through its mobile terminal (mobile-termination, MT) function, and then the OAM device configures cell information for the VMR node.
目前如何为具有移动能力的中继设备配置其小区信息,成为亟需解决的问题。Currently, how to configure cell information for relay devices with mobile capabilities has become an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统,用于为具有移动能力的中继设备配置其小区信息。 This application provides a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system for configuring cell information for relay equipment with mobile capabilities.
第一方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由具有移动能力的中继设备或该中继设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。为了容易理解,本申请实施例中将具有移动能力的中继设备称为移动中继。本申请以该方法由移动中继执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该接入网设备也可以称为该移动中继的宿主基站。该方法包括:In a first aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a relay device with mobile capabilities or a unit, module or chip within the relay device. For easy understanding, in the embodiments of this application, the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay. This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay. The method includes:
移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息,移动中继的位置信息用于获取移动中继的小区配置信息。移动中继接收来自管理设备的移动中继的小区配置信息。移动中继的小区配置信息包括第一TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。The mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay. The mobile relay receives cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device. The cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes the first TAC, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
为了说明该方法带来的有益效果,下面介绍一种对比方案,该对比方案中移动中继的TAC并不是根据该移动中继的位置信息确定的。举个例子:管理设备为移动中继的小区配置一个固定的TAC,比如为TAC#1。移动中继位于第一位置,移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC为TAC#1。当移动中继从第一位置移动至第二位置(比如第一位置对应的小区和第二位置对应的小区不同),移动中继3的TAC未发生变化,该移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC依然为TAC#1。由于对于接入移动中继的终端设备而言,该终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC一直为TAC#1。因此即使移动中继已经移动至第二位置,但是网络侧可能仍然认为该移动中继处于第一位置,继而确定接入该移动中继的终端设备也处于第一位置附近。可见,为移动中继配置一个固定的TAC会导致网络侧为接入该移动中继的UE确定出错误的位置信息。In order to illustrate the beneficial effects brought by this method, a comparison scheme is introduced below. In this comparison scheme, the TAC of the mobile relay is not determined based on the location information of the mobile relay. For example: the management device configures a fixed TAC for the mobile relay cell, such as TAC#1. The mobile relay is located at the first position, and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 is TAC#1. When the mobile relay moves from the first position to the second position (for example, the cell corresponding to the first position is different from the cell corresponding to the second position), the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change, and the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 The TAC included in is still TAC#1. Because for a terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses is always TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay is at the first position, and then determine that the terminal device accessing the mobile relay is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for the mobile relay will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for the UE accessing the mobile relay.
而本申请实施例中,由于移动中继的小区的TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。In the embodiment of the present application, since the TAC of the mobile relay cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the relay determines the location information of the mobile relay, and then the current location of the terminal device accessing the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
本申请中的移动中继的位置信息可以包括多种形式,能够指示出移动中继的位置即可。比如移动中继的位置信息可以包括:移动中继接入的第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。移动中继的位置信息还可以包括移动中继所处位置的位置的地理区域的信息。其中,移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息中的至少一项。地理区域的信息可以包括经度区域范围、纬度区域范围,或地理区域标识(地理区域标识比如可以包括行政区域标识等)等中的至少一项。此外,移动中继接入的第一接入网设备可以是指移动中继的MT功能当前接入的接入网设备。当移动中继接入第一接入网设备的情况下,第一接入网设备还可以称作移动中继的宿主基站。The location information of the mobile relay in this application may include various forms, and it only needs to be able to indicate the location of the mobile relay. For example, the location information of the mobile relay may include: at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. item. The location information of the mobile relay may also include information on the geographical area of the location where the mobile relay is located. Among them, there is at least one item of information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located. The information of the geographical area may include at least one of a longitude area range, a latitude area range, or a geographical area identifier (the geographical area identifier may include, for example, an administrative region identifier, etc.). In addition, the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay may refer to the access network device currently accessed by the MT function of the mobile relay. When the mobile relay accesses the first access network device, the first access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay.
如此,可以提高方案的灵活性。而且,当移动中继的位置信息包括移动中继接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以将该移动中继接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC确定为移动中继的小区的TAC,即第一TAC与移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC相同,该方案较为简便易行。值得说明的是,管理设备将该移动中继接入的小区的TAC确定为移动中继的小区的TAC仅仅是一种可能的实施方式,管理设备为移动中继的小区配置的TAC也可以与移动中继接入的小区的TAC不同,即第一TAC与移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC不同。 In this way, the flexibility of the solution can be improved. Furthermore, when the location information of the mobile relay includes the TAC of the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, in a possible implementation, the management device may assign the TAC to the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected. The TAC is determined to be the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay, that is, the first TAC is the same as the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. This solution is relatively simple and easy to implement. It is worth noting that it is only a possible implementation that the management device determines the TAC of the cell that the mobile relay accesses as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay. The TAC configured by the management device for the cell of the mobile relay can also be configured with the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell that the mobile relay accesses is different, that is, the first TAC is different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device that the mobile relay accesses.
本申请中,为了提高方案的灵活性,移动中继确定位置信息的方式有多种。比如移动中继接收来自接入设备的第一小区的第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。如此,移动中继可以将从第一广播消息中得到的移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项作为移动中继的位置信息发送至管理设备,可以节省移动中继从其它网元查询位置信息所消耗的信令。In this application, in order to improve the flexibility of the solution, there are multiple ways for the mobile relay to determine location information. For example, the mobile relay receives a first broadcast message from the first cell of the access device, and the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or At least one of the identifiers of the access network equipment. In this way, the mobile relay may obtain at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device obtained from the first broadcast message. A piece of location information as a mobile relay is sent to the management device, which can save the signaling consumed by the mobile relay in querying location information from other network elements.
再比如,移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息之前,移动中继向核心网设备查询移动中继所处的位置,移动中继接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。其中,移动中继的位置信息可以包括移动中继所处位置的移动中继所处的地理区域的信息。地理区域的信息可以包括经度区域范围、纬度区域范围,或地理区域标识等中的至少一项。For another example, before the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, the mobile relay queries the core network device for the location of the mobile relay, and the mobile relay receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device. The location information of the mobile relay may include information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located. The information of the geographical area may include at least one of longitude area range, latitude area range, or geographical area identification, etc.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继确定移动中继发生移动之后,移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。In a possible implementation, after the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
由于移动中继在确定移动中继发生移动之后向管理设备发送移动后的位置信息,因此可以使管理设备根据移动中继移动后的位置信息重新为移动中继的小区配置TAC,从而可以达到动态为移动中继配置TAC的效果,继而网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出终端设备当前所在的位置。Since the mobile relay sends the moved location information to the management device after determining that the mobile relay has moved, the management device can re-configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the moved location information of the mobile relay, thereby achieving dynamic The effect of configuring TAC for the mobile relay is that the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继根据移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。举个例子,移动中继接收第二接入网设备的第二小区的第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第三TAC、第二小区的标识或第二接入设备的标识中的至少一项。在移动中继接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继接收第一接入网设备的第一小区的第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC、第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。移动中继在确定满足以下内容中的至少一项的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动:第二TAC与第三TAC不同,第一小区的标识与第二小区的标识不同,或,第一接入设备的标识与第二接入设备的标识不同。In a possible implementation, the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, a cell identity, or an identity of the access network device. For example, the mobile relay receives a second broadcast message from the second cell of the second access network device, and the second broadcast message includes at least one of the third TAC, the identity of the second cell, or the identity of the second access device. item. After the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the mobile relay receives the first broadcast message of the first cell of the first access network device, where the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device. , the identity of the first cell, or at least one of the identity of the first access network device. The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved when it is determined that at least one of the following contents is satisfied: the second TAC is different from the third TAC, the identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell, or, the first cell The identifier of the access device is different from the identifier of the second access device.
可以看出,移动中继在不同的小区会接收到广播消息,继而移动中继可以根据广播消息中携带的信息确定移动中继是否发生移动,继而在确定发生了移动的情况下,向管理设备发送位置信息。It can be seen that the mobile relay will receive broadcast messages in different cells, and then the mobile relay can determine whether the mobile relay has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message, and then when it is determined that movement has occurred, notify the management device Send location information.
另一方面,移动中继根据第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项确定移动中继是否发生移动,也可以避免移动中继频繁发送移动中继的位置信息。比如移动中继始终处于移动状态,但是并不是移动中继移动任何距离都会向管理设备发送位置信息,而是移动设备的移动需要满足预设移动范围才向管理设备发送该位置信息。比如移动设备移动出当前所接入的小区,则移动设备的移动满足预设移动范围。而移动中继在确定接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项发生变化的情况下,移动中继可能移出当前所接入的小区,因此移动中继根据移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动时,移动中继的移动较大程度会满足预设移动范围,因此,移动中继在根据移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动的 情况下去发送位置信息。On the other hand, the mobile relay determines whether the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. , it can also prevent the mobile relay from frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay. For example, a mobile relay is always in a moving state, but it does not mean that the mobile relay will send location information to the management device when it moves any distance. Instead, the mobile device needs to move within a preset movement range before sending the location information to the management device. For example, if the mobile device moves out of the cell it is currently accessed, the movement of the mobile device satisfies the preset movement range. When the mobile relay determines that at least one of the TAC, cell identity, and access network equipment of the accessed cell changes, the mobile relay may move out of the currently accessed cell. Therefore, the mobile relay When the mobile relay moves, it is determined based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment to which the mobile relay accesses, that the mobile relay's movement will satisfy the preset movement range to a large extent. Therefore, The mobile relay determines the time when the mobile relay moves based on at least one of the TAC of the cell where the mobile relay accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment to which the mobile relay accesses. to send location information.
又一种可能的实施方式中,当移动中继确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围,则移动中继发送位置信息。比如,预设移动范围可以包括以下内容中的至少一项:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化、移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,或移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。In another possible implementation, when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement satisfies the preset movement range, the mobile relay sends location information. For example, the preset movement range may include at least one of the following: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, or the cell identity accessed by the mobile relay changes. The access network equipment changes.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继在确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,移动中继发送移动中继的位置位置信息。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the TAC of the cell that the mobile relay determines to access changes, the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay.
又一种可能的实施方式中的,当移动中继确定移动中级的移动未满足预设移动范围,则移动中继可以不发送位置信息。In another possible implementation, when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile intermediate level does not meet the preset movement range, the mobile relay may not send location information.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,有可能移动中继的移动范围较小,这种情况下,可以允许移动中继不发送位置信息,如此,可以避免移动中继频繁发送移动中继的位置信息,降低信令消耗量。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the mobile relay has a smaller moving range. In this case, the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information. In this way, it can be avoided The mobile relay frequently sends the location information of the mobile relay to reduce signaling consumption.
再举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的接入网设备的标识发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继确定接入的接入网设备的标识未发生变化,有可能移动中继的移动范围较小,这种情况下,可以允许移动中继不发送位置信息,如此,可以避免移动中继频繁发送移动中继的位置信息,降低信令消耗量。For another example, the preset mobility range includes: the identity of the access network device connected to the mobility relay changes. In this case, when the mobile relay determines that the identity of the access network device has not changed, it is possible that the mobile relay's movement range is small. In this case, the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information, so , which can prevent the mobile relay from frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay and reduce signaling consumption.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继接收来自管理设备的移动中继的小区配置信息之后,移动中继向接入网设备请求激活移动中继的小区,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC,以便接入网设备根据第一TAC激活移动中继的小区。In a possible implementation, after the mobile relay receives the cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device, the mobile relay requests the access network device to activate the cell of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is used as the mobile relay TAC of the relay cell, so that the access network device activates the mobile relay cell according to the first TAC.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种小区信息配置方法,该方法可以由移动中继或移动中继内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由移动中继执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该方法包括:In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay. This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The method includes:
移动中继向管理设备发送指示信息,指示信息用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息。移动中继接收来自管理设备为移动中继的小区配置的第一TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。The mobile relay sends indication information to the management device, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay. The mobile relay receives the first TAC configured for the cell of the mobile relay from the management device, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
由于移动中继向管理设备发送了用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息的指示信息,因此管理设备可以基于该指示信息去获取移动中继的位置信息,继而根据移动中继的位置信息确定移动中继的TAC,因此网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继设备配置小区配置信息。Since the mobile relay sends the instruction information to the management device for triggering the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay, the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay based on the instruction information, and then obtain the location information of the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay. Determine the TAC of the mobile relay, so the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can more accurately determine the terminal accessing the DU cell of the mobile relay. The current location of the device. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay device with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息指示信息包括:用于指示移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的类型;和/或,用于指示移动中继的类型为车载中继设备类型的信息。In a possible implementation, the indication information for triggering the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay includes: indicating that the type of the mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobility capabilities; and/or, for Information indicating that the type of mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay equipment type.
如此,管理设备可以根据该指示信息确定中继设备具有移动能力,属于移动中继,继 而可以去获取移动中继的位置信息。In this way, the management device can determine based on the indication information that the relay device has mobility capability and belongs to the mobile relay. Instead, you can obtain the location information of the mobile relay.
又一种可能的实施方式中,针对不具有移动能力的中继设备,可以称为非移动中继,管理设备为此类非移动中继配置TAC时,可以根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC,也可以不根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC。当管理设备确定中继设备属于非移动中继(比如管理设备未从中继设备处接收到用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继;再比如,中继设备向管理设备发送的请求配置中继设备的小区配置信息的消息未携带用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继),且不需要根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC时,管理设备也无需去获取非移动中继的位置信息,从而可以节省信令开销。In another possible implementation, relay devices without mobility capabilities may be called non-mobile relays. When the management device configures TAC for such non-mobile relays, it may be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relays. TAC may also not be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relay. When the management device determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay (for example, the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to obtain a mobile relay), it determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay; For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it is determined that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. ), and there is no need to configure TAC based on the location information of the non-mobile relay, the management device does not need to obtain the location information of the non-mobile relay, thereby saving signaling overhead.
本申请中,管理设备确定中继设备属于非移动中继的方式有多种,比如管理设备未从中继设备处接收到用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继。再比如,中继设备向管理设备发送的请求配置中继设备的小区配置信息的消息未携带用于触发管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继。In this application, there are many ways for the management device to determine that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. For example, if the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. The relay equipment is a non-mobile relay. For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to obtain the mobile relay, then it is determined that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. .
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的位置信息包括:移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。第一TAC与移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC相同或不同。In a possible implementation, the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device. at least one of. The first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
相关有益效果参见前述第一方面中的相关内容的介绍,在此不再赘述。For relevant beneficial effects, please refer to the introduction of the relevant content in the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种小区信息配置方法,该方法可以由管理设备或管理设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由管理设备执行为例进行示意。该方法包括:In the third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device. This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息;移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay; the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
管理设备向移动中继发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。The management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
由于移动中继的小区的TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的,因此网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the mobile relay's cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can determine it more accurately. The current location of the terminal equipment that exits the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种小区信息配置方法,该方法可以由管理设备或管理设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由管理设备执行为例进行示意。该方法包括:In the fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device. This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
管理设备接收来自移动中继的位置信息,移动中继的位置信息用于获取移动中继的小区配置信息。The management device receives location information from the mobile relay, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
管理设备向移动中继发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。The management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
由于移动中继的小区的TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的,因此网络侧可以根据 终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the mobile relay's cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side can The TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses determines the location information of the mobile relay, and then the current location of the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以获取位置与TAC的关联关系,该关联关系可以包括移动中继的位置信息指示的位置和第一TAC的关联关系,该关联关系还可以称为对应关系、映射关系等,还可以以映射表的形式体现。管理设备接收到移动中继的位置信息后,可以根据该关联关系确定出移动中继的位置信息对应的TAC为第一TAC,继而将第一TAC发送至移动中继。如此,网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC以及TAC管理的位置,确定出终端设备接入的移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的得到终端设备当前所在的位置。In a possible implementation, the management device may obtain an association between the location and the TAC. The association may include an association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC. The association may also be called correspondence. Relationships, mapping relationships, etc. can also be reflected in the form of mapping tables. After receiving the location information of the mobile relay, the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can obtain the current location of the terminal device more accurately.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的位置信息包括:移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或移动中继接入的接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。第一TAC与移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC相同或不同。In a possible implementation, the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. At least one of the identifiers of the network access device. The first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
相关有益效果参见前述第一方面中的相关内容的介绍,在此不再赘述。For relevant beneficial effects, please refer to the introduction of the relevant content in the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种小区信息配置方法,该方法可以由管理设备或管理设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由管理设备执行为例进行示意。该方法包括:In the fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a cell information configuration method, which can be executed by a management device or a unit, module or chip within the management device. This application takes the method executed by the management device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
管理设备向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息;管理设备接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。The management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay; the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
管理设备向移动中继发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。The management device sends a first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as a TAC of a cell serving as the mobile relay, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
由于移动中继的小区的TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的,因此网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the mobile relay's cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side can determine the location information of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device, and then can determine it more accurately. The current location of the terminal equipment that exits the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息之前,管理设备接收来自移动中继的指示信息,指示信息用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息。在一种可能的实施方式中,指示信息包括:用于指示移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的类型;和/或,用于指示移动中继的类型为车载中继设备类型的信息。In a possible implementation, before the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay, the management device receives indication information from the mobile relay, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay. In a possible implementation, the indication information includes: used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobility capabilities; and/or used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of vehicle-mounted relay device. Information.
相关有益效果参见前述第二方面中的相关内容的介绍,在此不再赘述。For relevant beneficial effects, please refer to the introduction of relevant content in the second aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again here.
在一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以获取位置与TAC的关联关系,该关联关系可以包括移动中继的位置信息指示的位置和第一TAC的关联关系,该关联关系还可以称为对应关系、映射关系等,还可以以映射表的形式体现。管理设备接收到移动中继的位置信息后,可以根据该关联关系确定出移动中继的位置信息对应的TAC为第一TAC,继而将第一TAC发送至移动中继。如此,网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC以及TAC管理的位置,确定出终端设备接入的移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的得到该终端设 备当前所处的位置。In a possible implementation, the management device may obtain an association between the location and the TAC. The association may include an association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC. The association may also be called correspondence. Relationships, mapping relationships, etc. can also be reflected in the form of mapping tables. After receiving the location information of the mobile relay, the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can more accurately obtain the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses. Prepare your current location.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的位置信息包括:移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或移动中继接入的接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。第一TAC与移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC相同或不同。In a possible implementation, the location information of the mobile relay includes: the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. At least one of the identifiers of the network access device. The first TAC is the same as or different from the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
相关有益效果参见前述第一方面中的相关内容的介绍,在此不再赘述。For relevant beneficial effects, please refer to the introduction of the relevant content in the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括通信单元和处理单元,以执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式。通信单元用于执行与发送和接收相关的功能。可选地,通信单元包括接收单元和发送单元。在一种设计中,通信装置为通信芯片,处理单元可以时一个或多个处理器或处理器核心,通信单元可以为通信芯片的输入输出电路或者端口。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any one of the methods of the first to fifth aspects. any implementation. The communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving. Optionally, the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores, and the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or port of the communication chip.
在另一种设计中,通信单元可以为发射器和接收器,或者通信单元为发射机和接收机。In another design, the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
可选的,通信装置还包括可用于执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式的各个模块。Optionally, the communication device further includes various modules that can be used to perform any one of the methods of the first to fifth aspects.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括处理器和存储器。可选的,还包括收发器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,当处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver is also included, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instructions from the memory. When the processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory, the The communication device performs any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.
可选的,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选的,存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor.
可选的,收发器中可以包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行第一方面至第五方面任一方面,以及第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device, and the communication device may include a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects and the method in any possible implementation of the first to fifth aspects. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为无线通信设备时,通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在又一种实现方式中,当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another implementation, when the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc. . A processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
第九方面,提供了一种系统,系统包括上述移动中继和管理设备。In a ninth aspect, a system is provided, which includes the above-mentioned mobile relay and management equipment.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可 能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一种实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction). When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects. The method in the above-mentioned aspect can be implemented, or the computer can be caused to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一种实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction) that when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned tasks in the first aspect. A method in a possible implementation, or causing a computer to execute the method in any implementation of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行第一方面至第五方面中任一方面,以及第一方面至第五方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该芯片系统还包括存储器。存储器,用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)。处理器,用于从存储器调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片系统的设备执行第一方面至第五方面中任一方面,以及第一方面至第五方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A twelfth aspect provides a chip system, which may include a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects, and any method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the first to fifth aspects. Optionally, the chip system also includes a memory. Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions). A processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip system executes any one of the first to fifth aspects, and any one of the first to fifth aspects possible. Methods in the implementation.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括:接口电路和处理电路。接口电路可以包括输入电路和输出电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号,并通过输出电路发射信号,使得第一方面至第五方面任一方面,以及第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法被实现。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include: an interface circuit and a processing circuit. Interface circuits may include input circuits and output circuits. The processing circuit is configured to receive signals through the input circuit and transmit signals through the output circuit, so that the method in any one of the first to fifth aspects and any possible implementation manner of the first to fifth aspects is implemented.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processing device may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
在一种实现方式中,当通信装置是无线通信设备,其中,无线通信设备可以是诸如智能手机这样的终端,也可以是诸如基站这样的无线接入网设备。接口电路可以为无线通信设备中的射频处理芯片,处理电路可以为无线通信设备中的基带处理芯片。In one implementation, when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device may be a terminal such as a smartphone or a wireless access network device such as a base station. The interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the wireless communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the wireless communication device.
在又一种实现方式中,通信装置可以是无线通信设备中的部分器件,如系统芯片或通信芯片等集成电路产品。接口电路可以为该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理电路可以为该芯片上的逻辑电路。In yet another implementation manner, the communication device may be a part of a wireless communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip. The interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc. The processing circuitry may be logic circuitry on the chip.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的应用场景示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图1b为本申请实施例可能适用的一种网络架构示意图;Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which embodiments of the present application may be applicable;
图1c为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的系统架构示意图;Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图1d为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的系统架构示意图;Figure 1d is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a possible cell information configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图; Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4c为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 4c is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 5a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 5b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 7a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 7b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的装置的一种可能的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的装置的另一种可能的结构示意图;Figure 9 is another possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的装置的一种可能的结构示意图。Figure 10 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1a示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的一种可能的应用场景示意图,如图1a所示,该场景中包括一个或多个接入网设备,图1a中以接入网设备包括基站1和基站2为例进行示意。基站1包括小区101和小区102,基站2包括小区103。Figure 1a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1a, this scenario includes one or more access network devices. In Figure 1a, the access network device includes a base station. 1 and base station 2 are taken as examples for illustration. Base station 1 includes cell 101 and cell 102, and base station 2 includes cell 103.
如图1a所示,该场景中包括移动中继3。移动中继3在接入网络时需要进行小区选择,后续在该小区发起随机接入,移动中继3接入的小区所对应的接入网设备可以称为宿主基站。图1a中以移动中继3为车载中继进行示意。图1a中示出了该移动中继3的一种可能的行车路径,依据该行车路径,该移动中继3可以依次接入基站1的小区101、基站1的小区102和基站2的小区103。As shown in Figure 1a, this scenario includes mobile relay 3. Mobile relay 3 needs to perform cell selection when accessing the network, and subsequently initiates random access in the cell. The access network equipment corresponding to the cell accessed by mobile relay 3 can be called a host base station. In Figure 1a, mobile relay 3 is used as a vehicle-mounted relay for illustration. Figure 1a shows a possible driving path of the mobile relay 3. According to the driving path, the mobile relay 3 can sequentially access the cell 101 of the base station 1, the cell 102 of the base station 1 and the cell 103 of the base station 2. .
另一方面,移动中继可以为其它终端设备提供接入服务。图1a中以终端设备为用户设备(user equipment,UE)为例进行展示,如图1a所示,UE可以接入网移动中继3的小区。UE可以为乘坐于部署有移动中继3的车辆上的乘客的终端设备,当然也可能是位于其它位置的终端设备,本申请实施例不做限制。图1a中示出的三个UE中的任意两个UE可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。On the other hand, mobile relay can provide access services for other terminal devices. In Figure 1a, the terminal device is user equipment (UE) as an example. As shown in Figure 1a, the UE can access the cell of mobile relay 3. The UE may be a terminal device of a passenger riding on a vehicle in which the mobile relay 3 is deployed. Of course, it may also be a terminal device located at other locations, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application. Any two UEs among the three UEs shown in Figure 1a may be the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
由于移动中继3具有移动能力,因此若采用为移动中继3配置一个固定TAC(比如TAC#1)的方案,则会导致如下问题:Since mobile relay 3 has mobile capabilities, if the solution of configuring a fixed TAC (such as TAC#1) for mobile relay 3 is adopted, the following problems will occur:
移动中继3位于第一位置(第一位置比如为基站1的小区101的覆盖区域内的一个位置),移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC为TAC#1。当移动中继从基站1的小区101移动至第二位置(第二位置比如为基站1的小区102或基站2的小区103的覆盖区域内的一个位置),移动中继3的TAC未发生变化,该移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC依然为TAC#1。由于对于接入移动中继3的UE而言,该UE接入的移动中继3的TAC为TAC#1。因此即使移动中继已经移动至第二位置,但是网络侧可能仍然认为该移动中继3处于第一位置,继而确定接入该移动中继3的UE也处于第一位置附近。可见,为移动中继3配置一个固定的TAC会导致网络侧为接入该移动中继的UE确定出错误的位置信息。The mobile relay 3 is located at a first location (the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1), and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is TAC#1. When the mobile relay moves from the cell 101 of base station 1 to a second location (the second location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of cell 102 of base station 1 or cell 103 of base station 2), the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change. , the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is still TAC#1. Because for a UE accessing mobile relay 3, the TAC of mobile relay 3 accessed by the UE is TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay 3 is at the first position, and then determine that the UE accessing the mobile relay 3 is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for mobile relay 3 will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for UEs accessing the mobile relay.
而针对该问题,本申请实施例旨在根据移动中继3的位置信息确定移动中继3的TAC,因此当UE接入移动中继3的小区之后,UE可以获取到移动中继3的小区的TAC。继而网络侧可以根据该UE接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该UE的位置。比如,网络侧可以先根据UE接入的移动中继3的小区的TAC确定出该移动中继当前所处的位置,继而可以得 到UE的位置。可以看出,本申请实施例提供的方案可以为移动中继配置TAC。To address this problem, the embodiment of the present application aims to determine the TAC of mobile relay 3 based on the location information of mobile relay 3. Therefore, when the UE accesses the cell of mobile relay 3, the UE can obtain the cell of mobile relay 3. TAC. Then, the network side can determine the location of the UE based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the UE accesses. For example, the network side can first determine the current location of mobile relay 3 based on the TAC of the cell of mobile relay 3 that the UE accesses, and then obtain to the location of the UE. It can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiment of this application can configure TAC for the mobile relay.
本申请实施例提及的通信系统包括但不限于:第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems,5G),或者5G之后的通信系统或通信网络等等,例如新无线(new radio,NR)系统等。The communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to: fifth generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems (5G), or communication systems or communication networks after 5G, etc., such as new wireless (new radio, NR) system, etc.
根据图1a所示的应用场景,图1b以5G为例示例性示出了本申请实施例可能适用的一种网络架构示意图,下面结合图1b对本申请实施例中涉及的各个设备进行介绍。According to the application scenario shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b takes 5G as an example to illustrate a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be applicable to the embodiment of the present application. Each device involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below in conjunction with Figure 1b.
(1)接入网设备。(1) Access network equipment.
请参阅图1b,图1b中以接入网设备包括图1a中的基站1为例进行示意。图1a中基站2的相关内容与基站1的内容类似,不再赘述。本申请实施例中移动中继的MT实体可以接入接入网设备。该接入网设备也可以称为宿主节点,英文也可以称为donor base station,或donor macro station。Please refer to Figure 1b. In Figure 1b, the access network equipment including the base station 1 in Figure 1a is taken as an example for illustration. The relevant content of base station 2 in Figure 1a is similar to that of base station 1 and will not be described again. In the embodiment of this application, the MT entity of the mobile relay can access the access network device. The access network equipment can also be called a host node. In English, it can also be called a donor base station, or a donor macro station.
接入网设备是通信系统中将终端侧设备接入到无线网络的设备,通过该节点可以接入核心网。接入网设备例如通过有线链路(例如光纤线缆)连接到核心网(比如5G核心网(5G Core Network,5GC))。接入网设备可负责接收核心网的数据并转发给无线回传设备,或者接收无线回传设备的数据并转发给核心网。接入网设备例如可以通过有线的方式连接到网络。Access network equipment is a device in the communication system that connects terminal side equipment to the wireless network. The core network can be accessed through this node. Access network equipment is connected to the core network (such as 5G Core Network (5GC)) through wired links (such as fiber optic cables). The access network device can be responsible for receiving data from the core network and forwarding it to the wireless backhaul device, or receiving data from the wireless backhaul device and forwarding it to the core network. The access network device may be connected to the network in a wired manner, for example.
作为一种示例,接入网设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)等,也可以包括演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)等。As an example, the access network equipment may include a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), and a base transceiver station (base transceiver station). , BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), etc., may also include evolved LTE systems (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A). Evolutionary base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B), or it can also include the next generation Node B (next) in the fifth generation (5G) new wireless (new radio, NR) system. generation node B, gNB), etc.
请继续参阅图1b,作为另一种示例,接入网设备可以包括gNB-集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和gNB-分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。gNB-CU和gNB-DU通过F1接口相连。CU和核心网之间通过下一代(next generation,NG)接口相连。Please continue to refer to Figure 1b. As another example, the access network equipment may include a gNB-centralized unit (CU) and a gNB-distributed unit (DU). gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface. The CU and the core network are connected through the next generation (NG) interface.
其中,gNB-DU包括物理层(phyical layer,PHY)/媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)/无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层的功能,用于为该接入网设备下附着的中继设备提供接入服务。gNB-DU可以通过F1接口与gNB-CU连接。该gNB-DU也可以通过Uu接口与终端设备(比如UE111)或中继设备的MT功能(比如移动中继3的MT)连接。Among them, gNB-DU includes the functions of the physical layer (PHY)/medium access control (MAC)/radio link control (RLC) layer, which are used for the access network equipment. The relay equipment attached below provides access services. gNB-DU can connect to gNB-CU through the F1 interface. The gNB-DU can also be connected to the terminal device (such as UE111) or the MT function of the relay device (such as the MT of mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
gNB-CU用于对其下所有的中继设备和终端设备进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)控制,例如可以存储中继设备和终端设备的上下文等。gNB-CU可以通过F1接口与其它中继设备的DU功能(比如移动中继3的DU和移动中继4的DU)连接。gNB-CU is used to control radio resource control (RRC) for all relay devices and terminal devices under it. For example, it can store the context of relay devices and terminal devices. gNB-CU can connect with the DU function of other relay devices (such as the DU of mobile relay 3 and the DU of mobile relay 4) through the F1 interface.
该接入网设备的功能可以是由接入网设备内部的硬件部件实现,例如,接入网设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。可选的,该芯片可以通过专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)实现,或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现。上述PLD可以是复杂程序逻辑器件(complex programmable logical device,CPLD),现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic, GAL),片上系统(system on a chip,SOC)中的任一项或其任意组合。The function of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the access network device, for example, a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device. Optionally, the chip can be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD). The above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logical device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (generic array logic, GAL), system on a chip (SOC) or any combination thereof.
(2)移动中继。(2)Mobile relay.
本申请实施例中的移动中继可以理解为具有移动能力的中继设备。移动中继比如可以包括部署于飞机、高铁、车辆、无人机等可以移动的物体上的中继设备,或者移动中继本身为具有移动能力的中继设备。为了便于理解,本申请实施例中部分内容以移动中继为部署于车辆上的中继设备为例进行展示(比如前述图1a),本申请实施例中可以将部署于车辆上的移动中继称为VMR。The mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can be understood as a relay device with mobile capabilities. For example, mobile relays may include relay devices deployed on movable objects such as aircraft, high-speed trains, vehicles, and drones, or the mobile relay itself may be a relay device with mobile capabilities. In order to facilitate understanding, part of the content in the embodiment of the present application is shown by taking the mobile relay as a relay device deployed on the vehicle as an example (such as the aforementioned Figure 1a). In the embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay deployed on the vehicle can be Called VMR.
如图1b所示,类似5G中的网络设备gNB采用集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离的架构,移动中继可以包括MT和DU两部分。图1b中以移动中继包括图1a中的移动中继3,以及移动中继4,且移动中继3和移动中继4当前接入基站1为例进行示意。As shown in Figure 1b, similar to the network equipment gNB in 5G, it adopts an architecture that separates the centralized unit (CU) and the distributed unit (DU). The mobile relay can include two parts: MT and DU. In Figure 1b, the mobile relay includes the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and the mobile relay 4, and the mobile relay 3 and the mobile relay 4 are currently accessing the base station 1 for illustration.
移动中继的MT类似于用户设备(user equipment,UE)的功能,通过Uu接口与父节点进行通信,提供数据回传。比如,移动中继3的MT通过Uu接口与父节点(基站1)的DU连接。The MT of mobile relay is similar to the function of user equipment (UE), communicating with the parent node through the Uu interface and providing data backhaul. For example, the MT of mobile relay 3 is connected to the DU of the parent node (base station 1) through the Uu interface.
移动中继的DU类似于gNB中DU的功能,包含PHY/MAC/RLC层的功能,与子节点进行通信,为子节点提供接入服务。比如,移动中继3的DU可以通过Uu接口为子节点(终端设备(比如UE112)或其它中继(比如移动中继4))提供服务。图1b中UE112可以为图1a中移动中继3接入基站1的小区1或小区2时,接入移动中继3的小区的UE。The DU of mobile relay is similar to the function of DU in gNB, including the functions of PHY/MAC/RLC layer, communicating with sub-nodes and providing access services to sub-nodes. For example, the DU of mobile relay 3 can provide services for sub-nodes (terminal devices (such as UE112) or other relays (such as mobile relay 4)) through the Uu interface. UE 112 in Figure 1b may be a UE that accesses the cell of mobile relay 3 when mobile relay 3 accesses cell 1 or cell 2 of base station 1 in Figure 1a.
移动中继4与移动中继3类似,移动中继3的MT可以通过Uu接口与父节点(移动中继3)的DU连接。比如移动中继4的DU可以通过Uu接口为终端设备(比如UE113)或其它中继提供服务。Mobile relay 4 is similar to mobile relay 3. The MT of mobile relay 3 can be connected to the DU of the parent node (mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface. For example, the DU of mobile relay 4 can provide services for terminal equipment (such as UE113) or other relays through the Uu interface.
值得说明的是,为了描述简便,本申请实施例中将移动中继的MT称为移动中继的MT功能、移动中继的MT实体,或MT实体;将移动中继的DU称为移动中继的DU功能、移动中继的DU实体,或DU实体。另外,移动中继的MT实体和DU实体仅仅是一种命名的示例,在未来的通信系统或者网络中,MT实体和DU实体还可以被同等功能的模块替代,或者还可以有其他命名,本申请对此不作限定。It is worth noting that, for simplicity of description, in the embodiment of this application, the MT of the mobile relay is called the MT function of the mobile relay, the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the MT entity; the DU of the mobile relay is called the mobile relay. Relay DU function, mobile relay DU entity, or DU entity. In addition, the MT entity and DU entity of mobile relay are just an example of naming. In future communication systems or networks, the MT entity and DU entity can also be replaced by modules with equivalent functions, or there can be other names. This article There are no restrictions on this application.
本申请实施例中的移动中继也可以有其它名称,比如移动中继节点、移动中继设备、中继节点、中继设备等,本申请实施例对其称呼不做限定,为了容易理解,本申请实施例中以移动中继为例进行称呼。The mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may also have other names, such as mobile relay node, mobile relay device, relay node, relay device, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit its name. For ease of understanding, In the embodiment of this application, mobile relay is taken as an example.
(3)终端设备。(3)Terminal equipment.
终端设备是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。本申请涉及的终端侧设备可以为终端设备或终端,或者终端设备内部能够实现该终端设备功能的硬件部件。图1b中以终端设备包括UE111、UE112和UE113为例进行示意。An end device is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user. The terminal-side device involved in this application may be a terminal device or a terminal, or a hardware component inside the terminal device that can implement the functions of the terminal device. In Figure 1b, the terminal equipment includes UE111, UE112 and UE113 as an example for illustration.
在本申请实施例中,终端侧设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。一些终端设备的举例为:个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、 会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、卫星导航系统,例如全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、北斗定位系统,激光扫描器等信息传感设备等设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal-side device may be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function. device, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. Some examples of terminal devices are: personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, Satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
终端侧设备还可以可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。该终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备、或者车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)中的车辆设备,客户前置设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)等。The terminal side device can also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Used, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring. The terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, or remote surgery Wireless terminals in (remote medical surgery), wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), smart home (smart home) Wireless terminals, terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), or vehicle equipment in the Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X), customer premises equipment (CPE) )wait.
终端侧设备的功能可以通过终端设备内部的硬件部件来实现,硬件部件可以为终端设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。例如,该芯片可以通过ASIC实现,或PLD实现。上述PLD可以是CPLD、FPGA、GAL、SOC中任一项或其任意组合。The functions of the terminal-side device can be implemented through hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components can be processors and/or programmable chips inside the terminal device. For example, the chip can be implemented by ASIC, or PLD. The above-mentioned PLD can be any one of CPLD, FPGA, GAL, SOC or any combination thereof.
而如上介绍的各种终端,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备。The various terminals introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
值得说明的是,图1b中还可以包括其它设备,比如核心网设备或用于承载虚拟化网络功能的设备等,本申请实施例不做限制。另外,图1b所示的网络架构并不限制终端设备、移动中继及接入网设备的数量。It is worth noting that Figure 1b may also include other equipment, such as core network equipment or equipment used to carry virtualized network functions, etc., which are not limited by the embodiment of this application. In addition, the network architecture shown in Figure 1b does not limit the number of terminal equipment, mobile relays and access network equipment.
根据图1a和图1b所示的内容,图1c和图1d示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的两种可能的系统架构示意图。图1c和图1d中以本申请实施例应用于5G网络架构为例进行介绍,5G网络架构有多种可能的架构,图1c和图1d为本申请实施例提供的两种可能的5G网络架构示意图。如图1c所示,该网络架构中通常可以包括如下设备、网元和网络:Based on the contents shown in Figures 1a and 1b, Figures 1c and 1d exemplarily illustrate two possible system architecture diagrams applicable to the embodiments of the present application. Figures 1c and 1d are introduced by taking the application of the embodiment of the present application to the 5G network architecture as an example. There are many possible 5G network architectures. Figures 1c and 1d are two possible 5G network architectures provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 1c, the network architecture usually includes the following devices, network elements, and networks:
(1)终端设备。终端设备的相关内容可以参见图1a和图1b中终端设备的相关介绍,(1)Terminal equipment. For the relevant content of terminal equipment, please refer to the relevant introduction of terminal equipment in Figure 1a and Figure 1b.
(2)接入网设备。图1c和图1d中以接入网设备包括(无线)接入网(radio access network,(R)AN)网元为例进行展示。接入网设备的相关内容可以参见图1a和图1b中接入网设备的相关介绍。终端设备和接入网设备之间可以部署一个或多个移动中继,比如上述图1a中的移动中继3。(2) Access network equipment. In Figure 1c and Figure 1d, access network equipment including (wireless) access network (radio access network, (R)AN) network elements are used as examples for demonstration. For the relevant content of the access network equipment, please refer to the relevant introduction of the access network equipment in Figure 1a and Figure 1b. One or more mobile relays may be deployed between the terminal device and the access network device, such as mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a above.
(3)用户面网元:用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理、将协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话与数据网络互连、分组路由和转发,例如,支持对流量进行上行分类器(uplink classifier)后转发到数据网络,支持分支点(branching point)以支持多宿主(multi-homed)PDU会话,以及数据包检测等。 (3) User plane network element: used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, interconnecting protocol data unit (PDU) sessions with data networks, and packet routing And forwarding, for example, supports uplink classifier on traffic and then forwards it to the data network, supports branching points to support multi-homed PDU sessions, and packet inspection, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元,比如可以包括中间用户面功能(intermediate user plane function,I-UPF)网元、或锚点用户面功能(PDU Session anchor user plane function,PSA-UPF)网元中的至少一项。在未来通信系统中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the user plane network element can be a user plane function (UPF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate user plane function (I-UPF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor user plane function (PDU Session anchor user plane function, PSA-UPF) network elements. In future communication systems, user plane network elements can still be UPF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(4)数据网络(data network,DN)网元:用于提供传输数据的网络。(4) Data network (DN) network element: used to provide a network for transmitting data.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据网络可以是DN1和DN2。在未来通信系统中,数据网络仍可以是DN,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data networks can be DN1 and DN2. In future communication systems, the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(5)移动性管理网元:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,可以用于实现移动性管理网元(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,合法监听以及接入授权/鉴权、移动状态管理,分配用户临时身份标识,认证和授权用户等功能。(5) Mobility management network element: mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions besides session management in the mobility management entity (MME) function, such as, Legal interception, access authorization/authentication, mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authenticating and authorizing users and other functions.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该接入与移动性管理可以是接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入与移动性管理仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the access and mobility management can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element. In future communication systems, access and mobility management can still be AMF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(6)会话管理网元:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知、承载的建立修改和释放,以及服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制等。(6) Session management network element: mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, bearer establishment, modification and release, and quality of service (QoS) control, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元,比如可以包括中间会话管理功能(intermediate session management function,I-SMF)网元,或锚点会话管理功能(anchor session management function,A-SMF)网元中的至少一项。在未来通信系统中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the session management network element can be a session management function (SMF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate session management function (I-SMF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor session management function (A-SMF) network elements. In future communication systems, the session management network element can still be an SMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(7)策略控制网元:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。(7) Policy control network element: A unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element. In future communication systems, the policy control network element can still be a PCF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(8)认证服务网元:用于鉴权服务、产生密钥实现对终端设备的双向鉴权,支持统一的鉴权框架。(8) Authentication service network element: used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication of terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该认证服务网元可以是认证服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元。在未来通信系统中,认证服务功能网元仍可以是AUSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the authentication service network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF) network element. In future communication systems, the authentication service function network element can still be an AUSF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(9)数据管理网元。(9) Data management network element.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元,可以用于处理终端设备标识,接入鉴权,注册以及移动性管理等。在未来通信系统中,统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data management network element can be a unified data management (UDM) network element, which can be used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management wait. In future communication systems, unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元还可以是统一数据库(Unified Data Repository,UDR)。用于负责签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。比 如,PCF可以从UDR中获取策略决策相关的或对应的签约信息。在未来通信系统中,该统一数据库仍可以是UDR,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data management network element can also be a unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR). Responsible for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data. Compare For example, PCF can obtain policy decision-related or corresponding contract information from UDR. In future communication systems, the unified database can still be UDR, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(10)应用网元:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能网元,与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。(10) Application network element: used for data routing that affects applications, access network open function network elements, and interacts with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF)网元107。在未来通信系统中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element 107. In future communication systems, application network elements can still be AF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(11)网络存储网元:用于维护网络中所有网络功能服务的实时信息。(11) Network storage network element: used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
在5G通信系统中,该网络存储网元可以是网络注册功能(network repository function,NRF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络存储网元仍可以是NRF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In the 5G communication system, the network storage network element may be a network registration function (network repository function, NRF) network element. In future communication systems, network storage network elements can still be NRF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(12)网络切片选择网元:用于提供网络切片选择功能。(12) Network slice selection network element: used to provide network slice selection function.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元可以是网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)网元在未来通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the network slice selection network element can be a Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF) network element. In future communication systems, the network slice selection network element can still be an NSSF. A network element may also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(13)网络能力开放网元:用于提供网络定制功能。(13) Network capability opening network element: used to provide network customization functions.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该网络能力开放网元可以是网络能力开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元在未来通信系统中,该网络能力开放网元仍可以是NEF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the network capability opening network element can be a network capability exposure function (NEF) network element. In future communication systems, the network capability opening network element can still be an NEF network element. Yuan, or it can also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
本申请实施例中适用的通信系统架构还可以包括其他网元,比如网络分析功能网元和服务通信功能网元。The communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application may also include other network elements, such as network analysis function network elements and service communication function network elements.
其中,网络分析功能网元用于提供网络切片实例级数据分析功能。比如可以获取数据,之后使用数据进行训练和分析,并依据分析结果做相应的推理。在5G通信系统中,该网络分析功能网元可以是网络分析功能(network analytics function,NWDAF)网元。Among them, the network analysis function network element is used to provide network slicing instance-level data analysis functions. For example, you can obtain data, then use the data for training and analysis, and make corresponding inferences based on the analysis results. In the 5G communication system, the network analysis function network element may be a network analytics function (NWDAF) network element.
图1c中Nnssf、Nausf、Nnef、Npcf、Nudm、Naf、Namf、Nsmf、N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见3GPP标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In Figure 1c, Nnssf, Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meaning of these interface serial numbers can be found in the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, and is not limited here.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。上述网元或者功能可划分出一个或多个服务,进一步,还可能会出现独立于网络功能存在的服务。在本申请中,上述功能的实例、或上述功能中包括的服务的实例、或独立于网络功能存在的服务实例均可称为服务实例。It can be understood that the above network element or function can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). The above network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services. Furthermore, there may also be services that exist independently of network functions. In this application, instances of the above functions, or instances of services included in the above functions, or service instances that exist independently of network functions can be called service instances.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定于上述的系统架构,还可以应用于未来其它的通信系统,例如第六代通信(the 6th generation,6G)系统架构等。并且,本申请实施例上述所使用的各个网元的名称,在未来通信系统中,可能保持功能相同,但名称会改变。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the above-mentioned system architecture, and can also be applied to other future communication systems, such as the sixth generation communication (the 6th generation, 6G) system architecture, etc. Moreover, the names of each network element used in the above embodiments of the present application may maintain the same functions in future communication systems, but the names will change.
示例性的,图1d示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图。Exemplarily, FIG. 1d illustrates a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图1d中的网元的功能的介绍可以参考图1c中对应的网元的功能的介绍,不再赘述。图1d与图1c的主要区别在于:图1d中的各个网元之间的接口是点对点的接口,而不是服 务化的接口。For the introduction of the functions of the network element in Figure 1d, please refer to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network element in Figure 1c, and will not be described again. The main difference between Figure 1d and Figure 1c is that the interfaces between various network elements in Figure 1d are point-to-point interfaces, not service interfaces. service-oriented interface.
在图1d所示的架构中,各个网元之间的接口名称及功能如下:In the architecture shown in Figure 1d, the interface names and functions between each network element are as follows:
N7:PCF与SMF之间的接口,用于下发协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。N7: The interface between PCF and SMF, used to deliver protocol data unit (PDU) session granularity and business data flow granularity control policy.
N15:PCF与AMF之间的接口,用于下发UE策略及接入控制相关策略。N15: The interface between PCF and AMF, used to deliver UE policies and access control related policies.
N5:AF与PCF之间的接口,用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。N5: The interface between AF and PCF, used for issuing application service requests and reporting network events.
N4:SMF与UPF之间的接口,用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息,包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。N4: The interface between SMF and UPF. It is used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. for the user plane and reporting of user plane information.
N11:SMF与AMF之间的接口,用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信息、传递发送给UE的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。N11: The interface between SMF and AMF, used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to UE, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
N2:AMF与RAN之间的接口,用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。N2: The interface between AMF and RAN, used to transmit wireless bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
N1:AMF与UE之间的接口,接入无关,用于向UE传递QoS控制规则等。N1: The interface between AMF and UE, independent of access, used to deliver QoS control rules to UE, etc.
N8:AMF与UDM间的接口,用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据,以及AMF向UDM注册UE当前移动性管理相关信息等。N8: The interface between AMF and UDM, used for AMF to obtain access and mobility management-related subscription data and authentication data from UDM, and for AMF to register UE's current mobility management-related information with UDM.
N10:SMF与UDM间的接口,用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据,以及SMF向UDM注册UE当前会话相关信息等。N10: The interface between SMF and UDM, used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
N12:AMF和AUSF间的接口,用于AMF向AUSF发起鉴权流程,其中可携带SUCI作为签约标识;N12: The interface between AMF and AUSF, used by AMF to initiate the authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as the signing identifier;
N13:UDM与AUSF间的接口,用于AUSF向UDM获取用户鉴权向量,以执行鉴权流程。N13: The interface between UDM and AUSF, used by AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from UDM to perform the authentication process.
N22:NSSF与AMF间的接口,用于AMF从NSSF接收切片选择信息。N22: The interface between NSSF and AMF, used for AMF to receive slice selection information from NSSF.
本申请实施例适用的系统架构中还可以包括其它网元,比如管理设备,管理设备在上述图1c和图1d中未示出。本申请实施例中管理设备可以包括对移动中继具有管理能力的设备,比如管理设备可以为操作维护管理(operations administration and maintenance,OAM)设备,可以具有操作、维护和管理的功能,比如可以对移动中继进行操作、维护和管理。本申请实施例的管理设备可以与上述图1c和图1d示出的系统架构中的一个或多个网元之间建立连接,比如管理设备可以与NEF网元、AMF网元等建立连接。The system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application may also include other network elements, such as management equipment. The management equipment is not shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1c and 1d. In the embodiment of this application, the management device may include a device with management capabilities for mobile relays. For example, the management device may be an operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device, which may have the functions of operation, maintenance, and management. For example, the management device may Mobile relay operations, maintenance and management. The management device in the embodiment of the present application can establish a connection with one or more network elements in the system architecture shown in Figure 1c and Figure 1d. For example, the management device can establish a connection with an NEF network element, an AMF network element, etc.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c或图1d中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,图2示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c or Figure 1d and other content, Figure 2 exemplarily shows a flow chart of a possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. .
图2中以执行主体包括移动中继和管理设备为例进行介绍。图2中涉及到的移动中继可以为图1a和图1b中的移动中继3。图2中涉及到的管理设备可以为对移动中继具有管理权限的设备,比如可以为移动中继配置小区配置信息等。本申请实施例中移动中继侧的方案也可以由移动中继内部的单元、模块或芯片执行,本申请实施例中管理设备侧的方案也可以由管理设备内部的单元、模块或芯片执行。Figure 2 takes the execution subject including mobile relay and management equipment as an example for introduction. The mobile relay involved in Figure 2 may be the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and Figure 1b. The management device involved in Figure 2 can be a device that has management authority for the mobile relay, for example, it can configure cell configuration information for the mobile relay. The solution on the mobile relay side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the mobile relay, and the solution on the management device side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the management device.
如图2所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:
步骤201,管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息。Step 201: The management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay.
本申请实施例中,移动中继处于移动的状态,也可以理解为移动中继具有移动能力,或者称移动中继具有移动的能力。移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。 In the embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay is in a moving state, which can also be understood to mean that the mobile relay has the ability to move, or that the mobile relay has the ability to move. Mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
步骤201中,管理设备可以通过多种途径获取移动中继的位置信息,比如可以由移动中继发送位置信息给管理设备。再比如,管理设备可以从核心网设备获取移动中继的位置信息,比如管理设备可以先向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息,或者,再比如管理设备可以向核心网设备查询移动中继的位置信息等。In step 201, the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay through multiple channels. For example, the mobile relay can send the location information to the management device. For another example, the management device can obtain the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device. For example, the management device can first subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. Or, for another example, the management device can query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. location information, etc.
本申请实施例中的移动中继的位置信息可以包括多种形式,能够指示出移动中继的位置即可。比如移动中继的位置信息可以包括:移动中继接入的第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC(为了区分,本申请实施例中将第一小区的TAC称为第二TAC),第一小区的标识,第一接入网设备的标识,或移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息中的至少一项。地理区域的信息可以包括经度区域范围、纬度区域范围,或地理区域标识(地理区域标识比如可以包括行政区域标识等)等中的至少一项。The location information of the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms, and it only needs to be able to indicate the location of the mobile relay. For example, the location information of the mobile relay may include: the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay (for distinction, the TAC of the first cell is called the second TAC in the embodiment of this application). ), at least one of the identifier of the first cell, the identifier of the first access network device, or information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located. The information of the geographical area may include at least one of a longitude area range, a latitude area range, or a geographical area identifier (the geographical area identifier may include, for example, an administrative region identifier, etc.).
步骤202,管理设备向移动中继发送第一TAC。第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。Step 202: The management device sends the first TAC to the mobile relay. The first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay. The first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the mobile relay.
相对应的,移动中继接收来自管理设备的第一TAC。Correspondingly, the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the management device.
通过图2所示的方案可以看出,由于移动中继的小区的TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的,因此网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。It can be seen from the solution shown in Figure 2 that since the TAC of the mobile relay's cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay, the network side can determine the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The relayed location information can then be more accurately determined to determine the current location of the terminal equipment in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
上述步骤202中涉及到的第一TAC与移动中继接入的第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC可以相同也可以不同,具体可以根据实际需求进行配置。The first TAC involved in the above step 202 and the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay may be the same or different, and may be configured according to actual requirements.
一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备在为移动中继配置TAC时可以不重用该移动中继当前接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,如此,管理设备配置的第一TAC与第二TAC不同。比如,管理设备可以为移动中继配置其专用的TAC,如此,网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的小区的TAC就可以确定出该终端设备接入的是移动中继的小区。In a possible implementation, when configuring a TAC for a mobile relay, the management device may not reuse the TAC of the cell of the access network device currently accessed by the mobile relay. In this way, the first TAC configured by the management device is the same as the second TAC configured by the management device. TAC is different. For example, the management device can configure a dedicated TAC for the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine that the terminal device accesses the cell of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the cell where the terminal device accesses.
又一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备在为移动中继配置TAC时,可以将移动中继的TAC配置为该移动中继接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,即第一TAC和第二TAC相同,如此,网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC直接较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所处的位置,方案较为简单。In another possible implementation, when the management device configures the TAC for the mobile relay, the management device may configure the TAC of the mobile relay to be the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, that is, the first TAC and The second TAC is the same. In this way, the network side can directly and accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The solution is relatively simple.
在上述步骤202中,一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以获取位置与TAC的关联关系,该关联关系可以包括移动中继的位置信息指示的位置和第一TAC的关联关系,该关联关系还可以称为对应关系、映射关系等,还可以以映射表的形式体现。管理设备接收到移动中继的位置信息后,可以根据该关联关系确定出移动中继的位置信息对应的TAC为第一TAC,继而将第一TAC发送至移动中继。如此,网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC以及TAC管理的位置,确定出终端设备接入的移动中继的位置,继而可以得到较为准确的终端设备当前所处的位置。In the above step 202, in a possible implementation, the management device may obtain the association between the location and the TAC. The association may include the association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC. The association may be It can also be called correspondence relationship, mapping relationship, etc., and can also be embodied in the form of a mapping table. After receiving the location information of the mobile relay, the management device may determine that the TAC corresponding to the location information of the mobile relay is the first TAC based on the association relationship, and then send the first TAC to the mobile relay. In this way, the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses and the location managed by the TAC, and then can obtain a more accurate current location of the terminal device.
值得说明的是,移动中继的位置信息指示的位置和第一TAC的关联关系可以是预设的。该关联关系也可以是预先存储在管理设备侧的;也可以预先存在其他设备(比如核心网设备)或云端,由管理设备去其它设备(比如核心网设备)或云端获取该关联关系。 It is worth noting that the association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC may be preset. The association relationship may also be pre-stored on the management device side; it may also pre-exist in other devices (such as core network devices) or the cloud, and the management device obtains the association relationship from other devices (such as core network devices) or the cloud.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d或图2中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,图3示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。图3所示的实施例为图2所示实施例的扩展实施例。如图3所示,该方法包括:Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c, Figure 1d or Figure 2 and other content, Figure 3 exemplarily shows another cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Process diagram. The embodiment shown in FIG. 3 is an extended embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 3, the method includes:
步骤301,移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。Step 301: The mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的移动中继的位置信息。Correspondingly, the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the mobile relay.
步骤301可以作为步骤201的一种实施方式。Step 301 can be used as an implementation manner of step 201.
本申请实施例中,移动中继可以有多种方式获取到移动中继的位置信息。比如,移动中继当前接入第一接入网设备的第一小区,移动中继接收第一广播消息。第一广播消息是该第一接入网设备发送的。第一广播消息包括:第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。第二TAC为第一小区的TAC。移动中继可以将第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项作为位置信息发送给管理设备。In the embodiment of this application, the mobile relay can obtain the location information of the mobile relay in multiple ways. For example, the mobile relay is currently connected to the first cell of the first access network device, and the mobile relay receives the first broadcast message. The first broadcast message is sent by the first access network device. The first broadcast message includes: at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. The second TAC is the TAC of the first cell. The mobile relay may send at least one of the second TAC of the first cell, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device to the management device as location information.
再比如,移动中继可以触发定位流程以获取到移动中继的位置信息。举个例子,移动中继向核心网设备查询移动中继所处的位置(比如移动中继向核心网设备发送用于查询移动中继所处的位置的消息),移动中继接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。移动中继向核心网设备查询的位置信息可以包括移动中继所处位置的地理位置信息。移动中继向核心网设备查询到的位置信息也可以包括移动中继接入的第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项等,本申请实施例对位置信息的具体形式不做限定。For another example, the mobile relay can trigger the positioning process to obtain the location information of the mobile relay. For example, the mobile relay queries the core network device for the location of the mobile relay (for example, the mobile relay sends a message to the core network device to query the location of the mobile relay), and the mobile relay receives data from the core network. Location information for the device's mobile relay. The location information queried by the mobile relay from the core network device may include geographical location information of the location of the mobile relay. The location information queried by the mobile relay from the core network device may also include the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device. At least one of the identifiers, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the location information.
步骤302,管理设备向移动中继发送第一TAC。第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。Step 302: The management device sends the first TAC to the mobile relay. The first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay. The first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the mobile relay.
步骤302的相关内容可以参见前述步骤202的相关内容。For the relevant content of step 302, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
步骤303,移动中继向第一接入网设备请求激活移动中继的小区,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。Step 303: The mobile relay requests the first access network device to activate the cell of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay.
在步骤303中,移动中继可以将第一TAC发送给第一接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备获取到移动中继的小区的TAC。本申请实施例中步骤303可以作为可选的步骤。In step 303, the mobile relay may send the first TAC to the first access network device, so that the first access network device obtains the TAC of the mobile relay's cell. Step 303 in the embodiment of this application may be an optional step.
通过图3所示的方案可以看出,由于移动中继可以自己获取移动中继的位置信息,并向管理设备发送位置信息,这样以来无需管理设备通过其他手段获取移动中继的位置信息,管理设备可以直接根据获取到的位置信息为移动中继的小区配置与该位置信息对应的TAC,从而可以避免管理设备通过其他手段获取移动中继位置信息所带来的信令消耗。而又由于移动中继确定位置信息的方式有多种,因此图3提供的方案可以提高本申请实施例的灵活性。It can be seen from the solution shown in Figure 3 that since the mobile relay can obtain the location information of the mobile relay by itself and send the location information to the management device, there is no need for the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay through other means, and the management The device can directly configure the TAC corresponding to the location information for the mobile relay cell based on the obtained location information, thereby avoiding the signaling consumption caused by the management device obtaining the mobile relay location information through other means. And since there are multiple ways for the mobile relay to determine location information, the solution provided in Figure 3 can improve the flexibility of the embodiment of the present application.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d、图2或图3中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,图4a、图4b和图4c示例性介绍几种可能的小区信息配置方法。图4a、图4b和图4c分别为图3所示实施例的几种可能的扩展方案。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Figures 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, Figure 2 or 3 and other content, Figures 4a, 4b and 4c exemplarily introduce several possible cell information configurations. method. Figures 4a, 4b and 4c respectively show several possible expansion schemes of the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
如图4a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 4a, the method includes:
步骤401,移动中继向管理设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于获取小区配置信息。第一消息包括移动中继的位置信息。Step 401: The mobile relay sends a first message to the management device. The first message is used to obtain cell configuration information. The first message includes location information of the mobile relay.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的第一消息。 Correspondingly, the management device receives the first message from the mobile relay.
步骤401可以为上述步骤301的一种可能的实施方式。Step 401 may be a possible implementation of the above step 301.
步骤402,管理设备可以向移动中继发送第一消息的响应消息,第一消息的响应消息携带小区配置信息,小区配置信息包括第一TAC。Step 402: The management device may send a response message to the first message to the mobile relay, where the response message to the first message carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes the first TAC.
相对应的,移动中继可以接收来自管理设备的小区配置信息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
又一种可能的实施方式中,小区配置信息还可以包括小区标识等信息。步骤402可以上述步骤302或步骤202的一种可能的实施方式。管理设备确定第一TAC的过程可以参见前述步骤202的相关描述,不再赘述。In another possible implementation, the cell configuration information may also include cell identification and other information. Step 402 may be a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 302 or step 202. For the process of the management device determining the first TAC, please refer to the relevant description of step 202, which will not be described again.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中移动中继与管理设备之间的信息交互,可以是移动中继的MT实体与管理设备之间的信息交互,也可以是移动中继的DU实体与管理设备之间的信息交互,本申请不做限定。后续内容与之类似,不做重复描述。It is worth noting that the information interaction between the mobile relay and the management device in the embodiment of the present application can be the information interaction between the MT entity of the mobile relay and the management device, or it can also be the information interaction between the DU entity of the mobile relay and the management device. The information exchange between them is not limited by this application. The subsequent content is similar and will not be described again.
比如,上述步骤401中,移动中继向管理设备发送第一消息可以是移动中继的MT实体向管理设备发送第一消息。上述步骤402中,管理设备可以向移动中继发送第一消息的响应消息可以是管理设备可以向移动中继的MT实体发送第一消息的响应消息。For example, in the above step 401, the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device may be the MT entity of the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device. In the above step 402, the response message in which the management device can send the first message to the mobile relay may be a response message in which the management device can send the first message to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
再比如,上述步骤401中,移动中继向管理设备发送第一消息可以是移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送第一消息。上述步骤402中,管理设备可以向移动中继发送第一消息的响应消息可以是管理设备可以向移动中继的DU实体发送第一消息的响应消息。For another example, in the above step 401, the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device may be the DU entity of the mobile relay sending the first message to the management device. In the above step 402, the response message in which the management device can send the first message to the mobile relay may be a response message in which the management device can send the first message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤403,移动中继向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求激活移动中继的小区。Step 403: The mobile relay sends a second message to the first access network device, where the second message is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的DU实体可以选择合适的接入网设备作为宿主基站,比如选择第一接入网设备作为宿主基站,继而,移动中继的DU实体可以向第一接入网设备的CU实体发送第二消息。In a possible implementation, the DU entity of the mobile relay can select an appropriate access network device as the host base station, such as selecting the first access network device as the host base station. Then, the DU entity of the mobile relay can select the first access network device as the host base station. The CU entity of the access network device sends the second message.
该第二消息中可以携带移动中继支持的小区配置信息,比如可以携带管理设备为移动中继配置的小区配置信息中的部分或全部。第二消息中可以包括第一TAC。第二消息中还可以包括管理设备为移动中继的小区配置的小区标识等信息。该第二消息可以为F1建立请求,英文可以写为F1setup request。The second message may carry cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay. For example, it may carry part or all of the cell configuration information configured by the management device for the mobile relay. The first TAC may be included in the second message. The second message may also include information such as a cell identifier configured by the management device for the cell of the mobile relay. The second message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
步骤403可以为上述步骤303的一种可能的实施方式。步骤403为可选的步骤,可以执行,也可以不执行。Step 403 may be a possible implementation of the above step 303. Step 403 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
步骤404,第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标配置信息。Step 404: The first access network device sends target configuration information to the core network device.
目标配置信息可以包括第一TAC。在步骤404中,第一接入网设备可以通过配置更新流程向核心网设备发送目标配置信息。在步骤404中,第一接入网设备可以向AMF发送配置更新请求消息,该配置更新请求消息携带目标配置信息。目标配置信息包括第一接入网设备支持的跟踪区标识(tracking area identity,TAI)列表,第一接入网设备支持的TAI列表可以包括第一TAI,该第一TAI可以包含第一TAC,以使核心网设备(比如AMF)获知第一接入网设备支持第一TAC。The target configuration information may include the first TAC. In step 404, the first access network device may send target configuration information to the core network device through a configuration update process. In step 404, the first access network device may send a configuration update request message to the AMF, where the configuration update request message carries target configuration information. The target configuration information includes a tracking area identity (TAI) list supported by the first access network device. The TAI list supported by the first access network device may include a first TAI, and the first TAI may include a first TAC, So that the core network device (such as AMF) learns that the first access network device supports the first TAC.
步骤405,第一接入网设备向移动中继发送第二消息的响应消息。Step 405: The first access network device sends a response message to the second message to the mobile relay.
第二消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的小区配置信息。比如,该第二消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的移动中继的小区的小区标识,该激活后的移动中继的小区的小区标识可以包含第一接入网设备的标识。The response message of the second message may carry the activated cell configuration information. For example, the response message of the second message may carry the cell identity of the activated mobile relay cell, and the activated cell identity of the mobile relay cell may include the identity of the first access network device.
该第二消息的响应消息可以为F1建立响应,英文可以写为F1setup response。步骤405为可选的步骤,可以执行,也可以不执行。 The response message of the second message can be an F1 setup response, and can be written as F1setup response in English. Step 405 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
步骤406,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 406: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
本申请实施例中,移动中继可以发送广播消息,比如步骤406中的第三广播消息。其中,移动中继发送的广播消息用于向终端设备发送该移动中继的小区对应的小区信息。收到该广播消息的终端设备可以选择接入该小区,并通过移动中继接入到网络中。In this embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay may send a broadcast message, such as the third broadcast message in step 406. The broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is used to send cell information corresponding to the cell of the mobile relay to the terminal device. The terminal device that receives the broadcast message can choose to access the cell and access the network through the mobile relay.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中移动中继发送广播消息可以是移动中继的MT实体发送广播消息,也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送广播消息,本申请实施例中不做限制,后续内容中不再重复赘述。例如,步骤406中,移动中继的DU实体发送第三广播消息或者是移动中继的MT实体发送第三广播消息。It is worth mentioning that in the embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay may send a broadcast message by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the DU entity of the mobile relay may send a broadcast message. There is no limitation in the embodiment of the present application. Subsequent It will not be repeated in the content. For example, in step 406, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message or the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
第三广播消息可以包括第一TAC和/或移动中继的小区标识。当第三广播消息中包括第一TAC,由于移动中继可以在该移动中继的服务范围内进行小区广播,从而可以使位于该移动中继的服务范围内的终端设备根据接收到的广播消息接入该移动中继,且接入的终端设备可以根据第三广播消息确定出移动中继的TAC为第一TAC。图4a中以一个终端设备接收到该第三广播消息为例进行展示。The third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the mobile relay. When the third broadcast message includes the first TAC, since the mobile relay can perform cell broadcast within the service range of the mobile relay, the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received The mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message. Figure 4a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
通过图4a所示的实施方式可以看出,移动中继可以在请求管理设备配置移动中继的小区配置信息的消息中携带移动中继的位置信息,这样以来无需管理设备通过其他手段获取移动中继的位置信息,管理设备可以直接根据获取到的位置信息为移动中继的小区配置与该位置信息对应的TAC,从而可以避免管理设备通过其他手段获取移动中继位置信息所带来的信令消耗。另一方面,由于移动中继向管理设备发送位置信息,因此可以避免管理设备为移动中继配置错误的TAC,如为移动中继配置跟当前位置不匹配的TAC。又一方面,根据本申请实施例的方式,管理设备在为移动中继配置小区配置信息时,可以根据移动中继的位置信息为移动中继的小区配置TAC,如此,移动中继初始进行小区配置时小区的TAC就可以配置为与移动中继的位置信息相关的TAC,从而可以使得网络侧可以确定接入该移动中继的终端设备的实际位置,提高网络对终端设备进行移动性管理的效率和准确度。It can be seen from the implementation shown in Figure 4a that the mobile relay can carry the location information of the mobile relay in the message requesting the management device to configure the cell configuration information of the mobile relay. In this way, there is no need for the management device to obtain the mobile relay through other means. The management device can directly configure the TAC corresponding to the location information for the cell of the mobile relay based on the obtained location information, thereby avoiding the signaling caused by the management device obtaining the location information of the mobile relay through other means. consumption. On the other hand, since the mobile relay sends location information to the management device, the management device can avoid configuring an incorrect TAC for the mobile relay, such as configuring a TAC that does not match the current location for the mobile relay. On the other hand, according to the embodiments of the present application, when the management device configures the cell configuration information for the mobile relay, the management device can configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay. In this way, the mobile relay initially performs cell configuration. During configuration, the TAC of the cell can be configured as a TAC related to the location information of the mobile relay, so that the network side can determine the actual location of the terminal device accessing the mobile relay, and improve the network's mobility management of the terminal device. efficiency and accuracy.
下面对图4b和图4c示出的实施例进行介绍,图4b和图4c中的部分内容以移动中继在接入第二小区之后发生移动,且从第二小区移动至第一接入网设备的第一小区为例进行介绍。为了区分,本申请实施例中将第二小区的TAC称为第三TAC,将第一小区的TAC称为第二TAC。The following is an introduction to the embodiment shown in Figure 4b and Figure 4c. Part of the content in Figure 4b and Figure 4c is that the mobile relay moves after accessing the second cell, and moves from the second cell to the first access The first cell of network equipment is taken as an example for introduction. For the sake of distinction, in the embodiment of this application, the TAC of the second cell is called the third TAC, and the TAC of the first cell is called the second TAC.
第二小区对应的接入网设备可以与第一接入网设备相同,也可以不同。其中,图4b以第二小区对应的接入网设备与第一接入网设备相同为例进行介绍,图4c以第二小区对应的接入网设备与第一接入网设备不同为例进行介绍,The access network equipment corresponding to the second cell may be the same as the first access network equipment, or may be different. Among them, Figure 4b takes the example that the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell is the same as the first access network equipment. Figure 4c takes the example that the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell is different from the first access network equipment. introduce,
请参阅图4b,如图4b所示,该方法包括:See Figure 4b. As shown in Figure 4b, the method includes:
步骤411,移动中继确定移动中继发生移动。Step 411: The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
本申请实施例中,移动中继发生移动,可以理解为移动中继的MT实体和移动中继的DU实体都发生了移动。移动中继确定移动中继发生移动的方法可以是,移动中继的MT实体确定该MT实体发生移动,或者,移动中继的MT实体确定该移动中继发生移动。In the embodiment of the present application, when the mobile relay moves, it can be understood that both the MT entity of the mobile relay and the DU entity of the mobile relay move. The method for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved may be that the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the MT entity has moved, or the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
一种可能的实施方式中,可以预先设置预设移动范围。在步骤411中,当移动中继确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围,则移动中继确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, a preset movement range can be set in advance. In step 411, when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement satisfies the preset movement range, the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
本申请实施例中,预设移动范围可以包括以下内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项。 In this embodiment of the present application, the preset movement range may include at least one of the following content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
内容1:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。Content 1: The TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
内容2:移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。Content 2: The cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
内容3:移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。Content 3: The access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes.
内容4:移动中继的地理区域的信息发生变化。Content 4: The information of the geographical area of the mobile relay changes.
内容5:移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离。Content 5: The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
下面通过情况1、情况2、情况3、情况4和情况5分别进行介绍。The following is introduced respectively through case 1, case 2, case 3, case 4 and case 5.
值得说明的是,下述情况1至情况5分别针对预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中一项内容时进行介绍。当预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中的多项(比如两项)的情况下:移动中继可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的至少一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围;或者,移动中继可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围,方式较为灵活,可以根据实际情况灵活设置。It is worth noting that the following situations 1 to 5 are respectively introduced when the preset movement range includes one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5. When the preset movement range includes multiple items (such as two items) in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: the mobile relay can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. When at least one of the multiple items within the preset movement range is determined, the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range; or, the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range. , it is determined that the mobile relay movement meets the preset movement range. The method is relatively flexible and can be flexibly set according to the actual situation.
情况1,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。Case 1: The preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括TAC#8。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括TAC#9。移动中继的MT实体判断在TAC#9与TAC#8不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes TAC#8. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, and the first broadcast message includes TAC#9. The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when TAC#9 and TAC#8 are different, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved to meet the preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies Default movement range.
情况2,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。Case 2: The preset movement range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括小区标识#1。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括小区标识#2。移动中继的MT实体判断在小区标识#2与小区标识#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes cell identification #1. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes cell identification #2. The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when the cell identifier #2 is different from the cell identifier #1, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved The movement satisfies the preset movement range.
情况3,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。Case 3: The preset mobility range includes: the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括接入网设备的标识#1。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括接入网设备的标识#2。移动中继的MT实体判断在接入网设备的标识#2与接入网设备的标识#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the access network equipment connected to the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the identification #1 of the access network device. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message. The first broadcast message includes the identification of the access network device# 2. The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved when the identifier #2 of the access network device is different from the identifier #1 of the access network device, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range. The movement, or the movement of the mobile relay, satisfies the preset movement range.
情况4,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的地理区域的信息发生变化。Case 4: The preset movement range includes: the information of the geographical area of the mobile relay changes.
移动中继的地理区域的信息发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所在的地理区域的信息发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体位于地理区域的信息#1对应的位置时,发起定位流程,从核心网获取移动中继的MT实体当前所在的地理位置为地理区域的信息#1。由于移动中继发生了移动,因此,当移动中继的MT实体再次发起定位流程时,从核 心网获取移动中继的MT实体当前所在的地理位置可能为地理区域的信息#2。移动中继的MT实体判断在地理区域的信息#2与地理区域的信息#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The information on the geographical area of the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the information on the geographical area where the MT entity of the mobile relay is located changes. For example, when the MT entity of the mobile relay is located at the location corresponding to the information #1 of the geographical area, the positioning process is initiated to obtain the information that the current geographical location of the MT entity of the mobile relay is the information #1 of the geographical area from the core network. Since the mobile relay has moved, when the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates the positioning process again, the core The heart network obtains information #2 that the current geographical location of the MT entity of the mobile relay may be a geographical area. The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that when the geographical area information #2 is different from the geographical area information #1, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range. The movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
情况5,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离。Case 5, the preset movement range includes: the movement distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体的移动距离大于预设距离。预设距离可以为一个经验值,该预设距离可以与预设移动范围相关。比如,当移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,则移动中继很有可能已经移出了当前所接入的接入网设备(或当前接入的接入网设备的小区,或当前对应的TAC,或当前所属的地理区域)的覆盖范围。The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, which may mean that the moving distance of the MT entity of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance. The preset distance may be an experience value, and the preset distance may be related to the preset movement range. For example, when the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, the mobile relay is likely to have moved out of the currently accessed access network device (or the cell of the currently accessed access network device, or the current corresponding TAC, or the geographic area to which it currently belongs).
举个例子,预设距离可以设置为1000米。移动中继可以通过触发定位流程查询到移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,或者通过终端设备上的检测装置检测到移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,或者由移动中继推断出移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离(比如根据历史数据推断),或者通过其它设备上的检测装置检测到移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离并通知移动中继,或者由其它设备推断出移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离并通知移动中继。在移动中继确定移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。For example, the preset distance can be set to 1000 meters. The mobile relay can query that the mobile relay's moving distance is greater than the preset distance by triggering the positioning process, or detect that the mobile relay's moving distance is greater than the preset distance through the detection device on the terminal device, or the mobile relay can infer the movement. The moving distance of the relay is greater than the preset distance (for example, inferred based on historical data), or the detection device on other devices detects that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and notifies the mobile relay, or other devices infer the movement. The moving distance of the relay is greater than the preset distance and the mobile relay is notified. When the mobile relay determines that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, it is determined that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. Set the movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中的,当移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,则移动中继可以不发送位置信息。或者,移动中继可以将此类情况归属为移动中继确定移动中继未发生移动,或者移动中继未发生满足预设移动范围的移动的情况。In another possible implementation, when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay's movement does not meet the preset movement range, the mobile relay may not send location information. Alternatively, the mobile relay may attribute such a situation to a situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中任一项内容的情况下:当移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的内容,则移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。In a possible implementation, when the preset movement range includes any one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved If the content in the preset movement range is satisfied, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,有可能移动中继的移动量较小,这种情况下,移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,可以允许移动中继不发送位置信息,如此,可以避免移动中继频繁发送移动中继的位置信息,降低信令消耗量。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the mobile relay is small. In this case, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement requirements. The range allows the mobile relay not to send location information. In this way, the mobile relay can avoid frequently sending the location information of the mobile relay and reduce signaling consumption.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中多项内容的情况下:当移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的每一项内容,则移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。换句话说,只要满足预设移动范围中的任一项内容,移动中继就可以确定其移动满足预设移动范围。In another possible implementation, in the case where the preset movement range includes multiple contents in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved If every item in the preset movement range is satisfied, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy the preset movement range. In other words, as long as any item in the preset movement range is met, the mobile relay can determine that its movement satisfies the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,且移动中继所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,可以允许移动中继不发送位置信息。再比如,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,但是移动中继所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,也可以允许移动中继发送位置信息,这种可以归属于移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, and the access network equipment accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, and the access network equipment to which the mobile relay is connected has not changed, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement requirements. range, it is possible to allow mobile relays not to send location information. For another example, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell it accesses has changed, but the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay has not changed, the mobile relay can also be allowed to send location information. This can be attributed to the mobile relay. The subsequent movement meets the preset movement range.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容 4和内容5中多项内容的情况下:当移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的至少一项内容,则移动中继确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,移动中继可以不发送位置信息。这种情况下,移动中继可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围。In yet another possible implementation, the preset movement range includes the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content In the case of multiple contents in 4 and 5: when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the contents in the preset movement range, the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement. range, the mobile relay may not send location information. In this case, the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,但是移动中继所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,可以允许移动中继不发送位置信息。再比如,当移动中继确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化,允许移动中继发送位置信息。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, and the access network equipment accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed has changed, but the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay has not changed, the mobile relay can be allowed not to send location information. For another example, when the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed changes and the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, the mobile relay is allowed to send location information.
步骤412,移动中继向管理设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括移动中继的位置信息。Step 412: The mobile relay sends a third message to the management device, where the third message includes the location information of the mobile relay.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的第三消息。Correspondingly, the management device receives the third message from the mobile relay.
由于步骤411中移动中继确定移动中继发生移动,因此步骤412中第三消息中携带移动中继的移动后的位置信息。Since the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved in step 411, the third message in step 412 carries the moved location information of the mobile relay.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继发送的位置信息的类型可以与预设移动范围相关联。比如移动中继发送的位置信息的类型可以为预设移动范围包括的一项或多项内容所对应的位置信息的类型中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation, the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may be associated with a preset movement range. For example, the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may be one or more of the types of location information corresponding to one or more contents included in the preset movement range.
举个例子,比如预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。则移动中继发送的位置信息的类型可以包括移动中继当前接入的小区的TAC。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. Then, the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may include the TAC of the cell currently accessed by the mobile relay.
再举个例子,比如预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,以及移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。则移动中继发送的位置信息的类型可以包括移动中继当前接入的小区的TAC、小区标识和接入网设备标识中的至少一项。For another example, the preset mobility range includes: changes in the TAC of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, changes to the cell identity of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, and changes to the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. Equipment changes. Then, the type of location information sent by the mobile relay may include at least one of the TAC of the cell currently accessed by the mobile relay, the cell identifier, and the access network device identifier.
步骤412可以为上述步骤301的一种可能的实施方式。Step 412 may be a possible implementation of the above step 301.
步骤413,管理设备可以向移动中继发送第三消息的响应消息,第三消息的响应消息携带第一TAC。Step 413: The management device may send a response message to the third message to the mobile relay, where the response message to the third message carries the first TAC.
相对应的,移动中继接收来自管理设备的第三消息的响应消息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay receives the response message of the third message from the management device.
类似的,第三消息可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,第三消息的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。第三消息也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,第三消息的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, the third message may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to the third message may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The third message may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message of the third message may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
在步骤413中,一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。管理设备接收到第三消息,就可以向移动中继反馈第一TAC。In step 413, in a possible implementation, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. After receiving the third message, the management device can feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay.
又一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备也可以判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。比如,管理设备接收到第三消息,在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下,向移动中继反馈第一TAC。再比如,管理设备接收到第三消息,在确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况下,不向移动中继反馈第一TAC。In another possible implementation, the management device can also determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For example, when the management device receives the third message and determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the management device feeds back the first TAC to the mobile relay. For another example, when the management device receives the third message and determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, the management device does not feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay.
预设移动范围可以包括前述内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项。The preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
管理设备确定移动中继发生移动的方案与之前移动中继确定移动中继发生移动的方案类似,在此不做过多阐述。区别在于:移动中继获取到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小 区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离的方式与管理设备获取这些信息的方式可能有些不同,管理设备可以接收或去查询到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离。本申请实施例对此不做限制。The solution for the management device to determine that the mobile relay has moved is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be elaborated here. The difference is that the mobile relay obtains the TAC and cell number of the cell accessed by the mobile relay. The way in which the information about the area identifier, access network equipment, geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay may be somewhat different from the way in which the management device obtains this information. The management device can receive or query the mobile relay information. The TAC of the cell to which the relay is accessed, cell identity, access network equipment, information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
又一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下,向管理设备发送位置信息,移动中继在确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况下,可以不向管理设备发送位置信息。这种情况下,管理设备也可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。In another possible implementation, when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay meets the preset movement range, the mobile relay sends location information to the management device, and when the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range If the location is within the range, the location information may not be sent to the management device. In this case, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围,获取到位置信息便发送至管理设备。这种情况下,管理设备可以执行判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围的步骤,在移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下向移动中继反馈第一TAC,在移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况下不向移动中继反馈第一TAC。管理设备也可以不执行判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围的步骤,直接向移动中继反馈第一TAC。In another possible implementation, the mobile relay may obtain the location information and send it to the management device without determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. In this case, the management device can perform the step of judging whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and feeds back the first TAC to the mobile relay when the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. If the subsequent movement does not meet the preset movement range, the first TAC will not be fed back to the mobile relay. The management device may also directly feed back the first TAC to the mobile relay without performing the step of determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
值得说明的是,管理设备确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况与上述移动中继确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况类似,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that the situation in which the management device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range is similar to the situation in which the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, and will not be described again here.
步骤413可以上述步骤302的一种可能的实施方式。Step 413 may be a possible implementation of the above step 302.
步骤414,移动中继的DU实体向第一接入网设备发送配置更新消息,配置更新消息用于将移动中继的小区的TAC更新为第一TAC。Step 414: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the first access network device, where the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
第一接入网设备侧应该存储有移动中继发生移动前的位置对应的移动中继的小区的TAC,该移动中继发生移动前的位置对应的移动中继的小区的TAC与第一TAC不同。第一接入网设备接收到配置更新消息之后,将移动中继的小区的TAC更新为第一TAC。The first access network device side should store the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves. The TAC of the cell of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves is the same as the first TAC. different. After receiving the configuration update message, the first access network device updates the TAC of the mobile relay cell to the first TAC.
举个例子,移动中继初始位于位置1,位置1位于第一接入网设备的第二小区的覆盖范围内,且移动中继在位置1处接入第二小区,移动中继的小区的TAC为与位置1对应的TAC,第一接入网设备侧存储的移动中继的小区的TAC为与位置1关联的TAC。之后,移动中继发生了移动,移动至位置2,位置2位于第一接入网设备的第一小区的覆盖范围内,移动中继向管理设备发送位置2,管理设备为移动中继配置与位置2具有关联关系的第一TAC,移动中继向第一接入网设备发送第一TAC,以便第一接入网设备将移动中继的与位置1关联的TAC更新为与位置2具有关联关系的第一TAC。For example, the mobile relay is initially located at position 1, which is within the coverage of the second cell of the first access network device, and the mobile relay accesses the second cell at position 1. The mobile relay's cell The TAC is the TAC corresponding to position 1, and the TAC of the mobile relay cell stored on the first access network device side is the TAC associated with position 1. After that, the mobile relay moved to location 2. Location 2 is located within the coverage of the first cell of the first access network device. The mobile relay sent location 2 to the management device. The management device configured the mobile relay with Position 2 has the first TAC associated with it. The mobile relay sends the first TAC to the first access network device, so that the first access network device updates the mobile relay's TAC associated with position 1 to be associated with position 2. The first TAC of the relationship.
一种可能的实施方式中,在步骤414之后,第一接入网设备通过配置更新流程向核心网设备发送更新后的移动中继的小区的第一TAC,比如,第一接入网设备可以向AMF发送第一TAC,以使AMF获知第一接入网设备支持第一TAC。In a possible implementation, after step 414, the first access network device sends the updated first TAC of the mobile relay cell to the core network device through a configuration update process. For example, the first access network device may Send the first TAC to the AMF, so that the AMF learns that the first access network device supports the first TAC.
又一种可能的实施方式中,在步骤414之后,第一接入网设备向移动中继发送配置更新消息的响应消息。配置更新消息的响应消息可以指示移动中继的小区配置信息更新完成。In another possible implementation, after step 414, the first access network device sends a response message to the configuration update message to the mobile relay. The response message of the configuration update message may indicate that the cell configuration information update of the mobile relay is completed.
在步骤414之后,移动中继可以执行步骤415。After step 414, the mobile relay may perform step 415.
步骤415,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 415: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
本申请实施例中,第三广播消息可以包括第一TAC和/或移动中继的小区的标识。步骤415的内容可以参见前述步骤406的相关内容,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the third broadcast message may include the identity of the first TAC and/or the cell of the mobile relay. For the content of step 415, please refer to the relevant content of step 406, which will not be described again.
通过图4b可以看出,当移动中继发生满足预设移动范围的移动,移动中继可以向管理设备发送移动中继的当前的位置信息,以便管理设备根据移动中继移动后的位置信息为 移动中继的小区分配TAC,继而可以达到移动中继的TAC随着自身的移动保持更新的效果,即达到移动中继的TAC与移动中继所处位置相关联的效果。It can be seen from Figure 4b that when the mobile relay moves within the preset movement range, the mobile relay can send the current location information of the mobile relay to the management device, so that the management device can calculate the location information after the mobile relay has moved. The cell of the mobile relay allocates TAC, which can achieve the effect that the TAC of the mobile relay is kept updated as it moves, that is, the TAC of the mobile relay is associated with the location of the mobile relay.
另一方面,移动中继发生移动,但宿主基站未变更的情况下,移动中继可以请求接入网设备对移动中继的小区的TAC进行更新,从而可以保持宿主基站侧存储的移动基站的小区配置信息的准确度。On the other hand, when the mobile relay moves but the host base station remains unchanged, the mobile relay can request the access network device to update the TAC of the mobile relay's cell, thereby maintaining the mobile base station's TAC stored on the host base station side. Accuracy of cell configuration information.
下面请参阅图4c,图4c中以移动中继移动出当前接入网设备的覆盖范围(比如移动中继从第二接入网设备的覆盖区域移动至第一接入网设备的覆盖区域),即移动中继的宿主基站发生变化为例进行示意。Please refer to Figure 4c below. In Figure 4c, the mobile relay moves out of the coverage area of the current access network equipment (for example, the mobile relay moves from the coverage area of the second access network equipment to the coverage area of the first access network equipment). , that is, the host base station of the mobile relay changes as an example.
如图4c所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 4c, the method includes:
步骤421,移动中继确定移动中继发生移动。Step 421: The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
步骤422,移动中继向管理设备发送第三消息。Step 422: The mobile relay sends the third message to the management device.
步骤423,管理设备可以向移动中继发送第三消息的响应消息。Step 423: The management device may send a response message of the third message to the mobile relay.
步骤421至步骤423的内容参见前述步骤411至步骤413,在此不再赘述。For the content of step 421 to step 423, please refer to the aforementioned step 411 to step 413, which will not be described again here.
步骤424,移动中继向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求激活移动中继的小区的消息。Step 424: The mobile relay sends a second message to the first access network device, where the second message is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay.
步骤424的内容可以参见前述步骤403的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 424, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 403, and will not be described again.
步骤425,第一接入网设备通过配置更新流程向核心网设备发送目标配置信息。Step 425: The first access network device sends target configuration information to the core network device through a configuration update process.
目标配置信息可以包括第一TAC。The target configuration information may include the first TAC.
步骤425的内容可以参见前述步骤404的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 425, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 404, and will not be described again.
步骤426,第一接入网设备向移动中继发送第二消息的响应消息。Step 426: The first access network device sends a response message to the second message to the mobile relay.
步骤426的内容可以参见前述步骤405的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 426, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 405, and will not be described again.
步骤427,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 427: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
一种可能的实施方式中,第三广播消息包括第一TAC。In a possible implementation, the third broadcast message includes the first TAC.
步骤427的内容可以参见前述步骤406的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 427, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 406, and will not be described again.
通过图4c可以看出,当移动中继发生满足预设移动范围的移动,移动中继可以向管理设备发送移动中继的当前的位置信息,以便管理设备根据移动中继移动后的位置信息为移动中继的小区分配TAC,继而可以达到移动中继的TAC随着自身的移动保持更新的效果,即达到移动中继的TAC与移动中继所处位置相关联的效果。It can be seen from Figure 4c that when the mobile relay moves within the preset movement range, the mobile relay can send the current location information of the mobile relay to the management device, so that the management device can calculate the location information after the mobile relay has moved. The cell of the mobile relay allocates TAC, which can achieve the effect that the TAC of the mobile relay is kept updated as it moves, that is, the TAC of the mobile relay is associated with the location of the mobile relay.
另一方面,移动中继发生移动,但宿主基站发生变更的情况下,移动中继可以向新的宿主基站再次请求激活移动中继的小区,且在请求激活移动中继的小区的时候将移动中继的新的TAC发送至新的宿主基站,从而可以保持宿主基站侧存储的移动基站的小区配置信息的准确度。On the other hand, when the mobile relay moves but the host base station changes, the mobile relay can request the new host base station to activate the cell of the mobile relay again, and will move when requesting the activation of the cell of the mobile relay. The relayed new TAC is sent to the new host base station, so that the accuracy of the cell configuration information of the mobile base station stored on the host base station side can be maintained.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d、图2、图3、图4a、图4b或图4c中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,图5a和图5b示例性示出了又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。图5a中是以移动中继未更换宿主基站为例进行介绍,图5b是以为移动中继更换宿主基站为例进行介绍的。图5a所示的实施例可以视为结合了上述图4a和图4b所示的两种实施例的方案,图5b所示的实施例可以视为结合了上述图4a和图4c所示的两种实施例的方案,下面分别进行介绍。 Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Fig. 1a, Fig. 1b, Fig. 1c, Fig. 1d, Fig. 2, Fig. 3, Fig. 4a, Fig. 4b or Fig. 4c and other contents, Fig. 5a and Fig. 5b exemplarily show A schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method is provided. Figure 5a is an example where the mobile relay has not changed its host base station, and Figure 5b is an example where the mobile relay has changed its host base station. The embodiment shown in Figure 5a can be regarded as a combination of the two embodiments shown in Figure 4a and Figure 4b, and the embodiment shown in Figure 5b can be regarded as a combination of the two embodiments shown in Figure 4a and Figure 4c. The solutions of each embodiment are introduced respectively below.
如图5a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 5a, the method includes:
步骤501,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息a1。Step 501: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
其中,广播消息a1包括接入网设备一的小区1的TAC、小区1的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。The broadcast message a1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
广播消息a1中还可以包括该广播消息a1对应的小区支持移动中继的指示信息。The broadcast message a1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message a1 supports mobile relay.
步骤502,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 502: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的MT实体可以根据广播消息中携带的是否支持移动中继的指示信息选择支持移动中继的DU实体的小区进行接入,比如移动中继的MT实体选择小区1接入。In a possible implementation, the MT entity of the mobile relay can select a cell that supports the DU entity of the mobile relay for access based on the indication information carried in the broadcast message of whether to support mobile relay, such as the MT entity of the mobile relay. Select cell 1 for access.
步骤503,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 503: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
在步骤503中,移动中继的MT实体可以向接入网设备发送RRC连接建立请求消息。RRC连接建立请求消息中可以携带用于指示发起RRC连接的是移动中继的指示信息。RRC连接建立请求消息可以包括RRC connection setup procedure。In step 503, the MT entity of the mobile relay may send an RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device. The RRC connection establishment request message may carry indication information indicating that the RRC connection is initiated by the mobile relay. The RRC connection establishment request message may include the RRC connection setup procedure.
进一步,接入网设备可以向移动中继的MT实体发送RRC建立完成消息,RRC建立完成消息用于指示RRC连接建立成功。Further, the access network device may send an RRC establishment completion message to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The RRC establishment completion message is used to indicate that the RRC connection is successfully established.
步骤504,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 504: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
相对应的,核心网设备接收注册请求消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the registration request message.
步骤504中,移动中继的MT实体可以通过接入网设备向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。In step 504, the MT entity of the mobile relay may send a registration request message to the core network device through the access network device.
核心网设备可以包括AMF。注册请求消息可以携带用于指示注册网络的是移动中继的指示信息,继而核心网设备对移动中继的身份进行验证。注册请求消息可以包括N2message。Core network equipment may include AMF. The registration request message may carry indication information indicating that the registered network is a mobile relay, and then the core network device verifies the identity of the mobile relay. The registration request message may include N2message.
步骤505,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 505: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
本申请实施例中,移动中继的MT实体在网络注册的过程与终端设备在网络设备进行注册的过程类似,在此不做过多阐述。In the embodiment of this application, the process of registering the MT entity of the mobile relay on the network is similar to the process of registering the terminal device on the network device, and will not be elaborated here.
步骤506,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 506: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤507,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2,消息a2用于获取小区配置信息。消息a2包括移动中继的位置信息1。Step 507: The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device. Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information. Message a2 includes location information 1 of the mobile relay.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的消息a2。Correspondingly, the management device receives message a2 from the mobile relay.
步骤507的相关内容可以参见前述步骤401的相关描述,消息a2的相关内容可以参见前述第一消息的相关介绍(比如消息a2可以为前述第一消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 507, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 401. For the relevant content of the message a2, please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing first message (for example, the message a2 can be the foregoing first message), which will not be described again here.
步骤508,管理设备根据消息a2中携带的移动中继的位置信息1确定该位置信息1对应的TAC#2。Step 508: The management device determines the TAC#2 corresponding to the location information 1 of the mobile relay based on the location information 1 carried in the message a2.
步骤508的相关内容可以参见前述管理设备确定第一TAC的相关介绍,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 508, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
步骤509,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息,消息a2的响应消息携带小区配置信息,小区配置信息包括TAC#2。Step 509: The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay. The response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#2.
相对应的,移动中继可以接收来自管理设备的小区配置信息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
TAC#2用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。步骤509的相关内容可以参见前述步骤402的相关描述,不再赘述。 TAC#2 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay. For the relevant content of step 509, please refer to the relevant description of step 402, which will not be described again.
类似的,消息a2可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,消息a2的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。消息a2也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,消息a2的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, message a2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message a2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
步骤510,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送消息a3。消息a3用于请求激活移动中继的小区。消息a3中可以携带TAC#2。Step 510: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message a3 is used to request activation of a mobile relay cell. Message a3 can carry TAC#2.
相对应的,接入网设备一接收消息a3Correspondingly, the access network device receives the message a3
步骤510的相关内容可以参见前述步骤403的相关描述,消息a3的相关内容可以参见前述第二消息的相关介绍(比如消息a3可以为前述第二消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 510, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 403. For the relevant content of the message a3, please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing second message (for example, the message a3 can be the foregoing second message), which will not be described again here.
步骤511,接入网设备一向核心网设备发送TAC#2。Step 511: The access network device sends TAC#2 to the core network device.
在步骤511中,接入网设备一还可以向核心网设备发送其他信息,比如移动中继的激活后的小区配置信息中的信息。步骤511的相关内容可以参见前述步骤404的相关描述,TAC#2可以携带于目标配置信息中,相关内容在此不再赘述。In step 511, access network device 1 may also send other information to the core network device, such as information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay. For the relevant content of step 511, please refer to the relevant description of step 404. TAC#2 may be carried in the target configuration information, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
步骤512,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a3的响应消息。Step 512: The access network device sends a response message of message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤512的相关内容可以参见前述步骤405的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 512, please refer to the relevant description of step 405, which will not be described again.
步骤513,移动中继发送广播消息a4。Step 513: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a4.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息a4包括TAC#2。步骤513的相关内容可以参见前述步骤406的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a4 includes TAC#2. For the relevant content of step 513, please refer to the relevant description of step 406, which will not be described again.
步骤514,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息a5,其中,广播消息a5包括的接入网设备一的小区2的TAC、小区2的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。Step 514: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a5, where the broadcast message a5 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 2 of access network device one, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device one.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从小区1移动至小区2,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息a5。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区2作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区2。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message a5. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
步骤515,移动中继确定移动中继发生移动。Step 515: The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
在步骤515中,移动中继可能根据上述内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。In step 515, the mobile relay may determine that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
在移动中继根据上述内容1(移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化)、内容2(移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化)或内容3(移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化)中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动的情况下,移动中继可以根据步骤514中接收到的广播消息a5中携带的信息确定移动中继发生移动,这种情况下,步骤515需要在步骤514之后执行。When the mobile relay responds to the above content 1 (the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes), content 2 (the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes) or content 3 (the cell the mobile relay accesses changes), When it is determined that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the following: changes in access network equipment), the mobile relay can determine that the mobile relay has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message a5 received in step 514. In this case In this case, step 515 needs to be executed after step 514.
在移动中继根据上述内容4(移动中继的地理区域的信息发生变化)或内容5(移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离)中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动的情况下,步骤515与步骤514没有先后关系,比如也可以先执行步骤515,再执行步骤514,本申请实施例中不做限制。When the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the above content 4 (the information of the geographical area of the mobile relay changes) or content 5 (the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance), There is no sequential relationship between step 515 and step 514. For example, step 515 may be performed first and then step 514, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
步骤515的相关内容可以参见前述步骤411的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 515, please refer to the relevant description of step 411, which will not be described again.
步骤516,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a6,消息a6包括移动中继的位置信息2。Step 516: The mobile relay sends message a6 to the management device. The message a6 includes the location information 2 of the mobile relay.
消息a6中携带的移动中继的位置信息2指示的位置为移动中继移动后的位置,移动中继移动后处于接入网设备一的小区2的覆盖范围内。The location indicated by the location information 2 of the mobile relay carried in message a6 is the location of the mobile relay after movement. After the movement, the mobile relay is within the coverage of cell 2 of access network device one.
步骤516的相关内容可以参见前述步骤412的相关描述,不再赘述。 For the relevant content of step 516, please refer to the relevant description of step 412, which will not be described again.
步骤517,管理设备根据消息a6中携带的移动中继的位置信息2确定该位置信息2对应的TAC#3。Step 517: The management device determines the TAC#3 corresponding to the location information 2 of the mobile relay based on the location information 2 carried in the message a6.
步骤517的相关内容可以参见前述管理设备确定第一TAC的相关介绍,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 517, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
步骤518,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a6的响应消息,消息a6的响应消息携带TAC#3。Step 518: The management device may send a response message to message a6 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a6 carries TAC#3.
相对应的,移动中继接收来自管理设备的消息a6的响应消息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay receives the response message of message a6 from the management device.
类似的,消息a6可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,消息a6的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。消息a6也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,消息a6的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, message a6 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a6 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message a6 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a6 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
TAC#3用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。步骤518的相关内容可以参见前述步骤413的相关描述,不再赘述。TAC#3 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay. For the relevant content of step 518, please refer to the relevant description of step 413, which will not be described again.
步骤519,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送配置更新消息,配置更新消息用于将移动中继的小区的TAC从TAC#2更新为TAC#3。Step 519: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay from TAC#2 to TAC#3.
步骤519的相关内容可以参见前述步骤414的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 519, please refer to the relevant description of step 414, which will not be described again.
步骤520,移动中继发送广播消息a7。Step 520: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a7.
一种可能的实施方式,广播消息a7中可以包括TAC#3。步骤520的内容可以参见前述步骤415的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a7 may include TAC#3. For the content of step 520, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 415, and will not be described again.
通过图5a所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区1,管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区1的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#2。当移动中继发生移动,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区2,则移动中继可以再次将位置信息进行发送,以便管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区2的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#3。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备一的与小区2不同的小区,则移动中继可以重新发送位置信息,该方案与步骤514至步骤520提供的方案类似,不再赘述。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的小区的TAC也会动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 5a that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#2 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located. . When the mobile relay moves and the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 2 of access network device 1, the mobile relay can send the location information again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 2 where the mobile relay is located. Assign TAC#3 to the mobile relay. If the mobile relay moves later, if it moves to a cell of access network device 1 that is different from cell 2, the mobile relay can resend the location information. This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 520, and no longer Repeat. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
下面请参阅图5b,图5b中以移动中继移动出当前接入网设备的覆盖范围,即移动中继从接入网设备一移动至接入网设备二为例进行介绍。即图5b所示的例子中移动中继的宿主基站发生变化。Please refer to Figure 5b below. In Figure 5b, the mobile relay is moved out of the coverage of the current access network device, that is, the mobile relay is moved from the access network device one to the access network device two. That is, in the example shown in Figure 5b, the host base station of the mobile relay changes.
如图5b所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 5b, the method includes:
步骤601,移动中继接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息a1。Step 601: The mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
步骤602,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 602: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
步骤603,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 603: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
步骤604,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 604: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
步骤605,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 605: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
步骤606,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 606: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤607,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2,消息a2用于获取小区配置信息。消息 a2包括移动中继的位置信息1。Step 607: The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device. Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information. information a2 includes location information 1 of the mobile relay.
步骤608,管理设备根据消息a2中携带的移动中继的位置信息1确定该位置信息1对应的TAC#2。Step 608: The management device determines the TAC #2 corresponding to the location information 1 of the mobile relay based on the location information 1 carried in the message a2.
步骤609,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息,消息a2的响应消息携带小区配置信息,小区配置信息包括TAC#2。Step 609: The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay. The response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#2.
步骤610,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送消息a3,消息a3用于请求激活移动中继的小区。消息a3中可以携带TAC#2。Step 610: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message a3 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay. Message a3 can carry TAC#2.
步骤611,接入网设备一向核心网设备发送TAC#2。Step 611: The access network device sends TAC#2 to the core network device.
步骤612,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a3的响应消息。Step 612: The access network device sends a response message of message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤613,移动中继发送广播消息a4。Step 613: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a4.
图5b中包括的步骤601至步骤613与图5a中包括的步骤501至步骤513相同,在此不再赘述。Steps 601 to 613 included in Figure 5b are the same as steps 501 to 513 included in Figure 5a and will not be described again.
步骤614,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息a8。Step 614: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a8.
其中,广播消息a8包括的接入网设备二的小区3的TAC、小区3的标识或接入网设备二的标识中的至少一项。The broadcast message a8 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从接入网设备一的小区1移动至接入网设备二的小区3,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息a8。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区3作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区3。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 of access network device 1 to cell 3 of access network device 2, the mobile relay may receive broadcast message a8. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
值得说明的是,移动中继的MT实体在从接入网设备一切换至接入网设备二时,移动中继的MT实体可以是处于RRC连接态的。处于RRC连接态的移动中继的MT实体从接入网设备一的小区切换至接入网设备二的小区,并与接入网设备二之间建立RRC连接。该步骤在图5b中未显示。It is worth noting that when the MT entity of the mobile relay switches from access network device 1 to access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state. The MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two. This step is not shown in Figure 5b.
步骤615,移动中继确定移动中继发生移动。Step 615: The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
步骤615的相关内容可以参见前述步骤515的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 615, please refer to the relevant description of step 515, which will not be described again.
步骤616,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a9,消息a9包括移动中继的位置信息3。Step 616: The mobile relay sends message a9 to the management device. The message a9 includes the location information 3 of the mobile relay.
消息a9中携带的移动中继的位置信息3指示的位置为移动中继移动后的位置,移动中继移动后处于接入网设备二的小区3的覆盖范围内。The location indicated by the location information 3 of the mobile relay carried in message a9 is the location of the mobile relay after movement. After the movement, the mobile relay is within the coverage of cell 3 of access network device 2.
步骤616的相关内容可以参见前述步骤412的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 616, please refer to the relevant description of step 412, which will not be described again.
步骤617,管理设备根据消息a9中携带的移动中继的位置信息3确定该位置信息3对应的TAC#4。Step 617: The management device determines the TAC #4 corresponding to the location information 3 of the mobile relay based on the location information 3 carried in the message a9.
步骤617的相关内容可以参见前述管理设备确定第一TAC的相关介绍,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 617, please refer to the relevant introduction of the management device determining the first TAC, and will not be described again.
步骤618,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a9的响应消息,消息a9的响应消息携带TAC#4。Step 618: The management device may send a response message to message a9 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a9 carries TAC#4.
相对应的,移动中继接收来自管理设备的消息a9的响应消息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay receives the response message of message a9 from the management device.
TAC#4用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。步骤618的相关内容可以参见前述步骤413的相关描述,不再赘述。TAC#4 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay. For the relevant content of step 618, please refer to the relevant description of step 413, which will not be described again.
类似的,消息a9可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,消息a9的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。消息a9也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,消息a9的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。 Similarly, message a9 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message a9 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message a9 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message of message a9 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
步骤619,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备二发送消息a10,消息a10用于请求激活移动中继的小区的消息。消息a10可以包括TAC#4。Step 619: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a10 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message a10 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay. Message a10 may include TAC#4.
步骤619的内容可以参见前述步骤403的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 619, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 403, and will not be described again.
步骤620,接入网设备二向核心网设备发送TAC#4。Step 620: Access network device 2 sends TAC#4 to the core network device.
在步骤620中,接入网设备二还可以向核心网设备发送其他信息,比如移动中继的激活后的小区配置信息中的信息。步骤620的相关内容可以参见前述步骤404的相关描述,TAC#4可以携带于目标配置信息中,相关内容在此不再赘述。In step 620, the access network device 2 may also send other information to the core network device, such as information in the activated cell configuration information of the mobile relay. For the relevant content of step 620, please refer to the relevant description of step 404. TAC#4 can be carried in the target configuration information, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
步骤621,接入网设备二向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a10的响应消息。Step 621: Access network device 2 sends a response message of message a10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤621的内容可以参见前述步骤405的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 621, please refer to the relevant content of step 405, and will not be described again.
步骤622,移动中继发送广播消息a11。Step 622: The mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11.
例如,移动中继的DU实体发送广播消息a11或者是移动中继的MT实体发送广播消息a11,本申请不做限定,相关内容可以参见前述描述,在此不再赘述。For example, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11 or the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the broadcast message a11. This application is not limited. For relevant content, please refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息a11包括TAC#4。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a11 includes TAC#4.
步骤622的内容可以参见前述步骤406的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 622, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 406, and will not be described again.
通过图5b所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区1,管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区1的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#2。当移动中继发生移动,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备二的小区3,则移动中继可以再次将位置信息进行发送,以便管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区3的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#4。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至与接入网设备二不同的接入网设备,则移动中继可以重新发送位置信息,该方案与步骤614至步骤622提供的方案类似,不再赘述。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备二的其它小区,则移动中继可以重新发送位置信息,该方案与步骤514至步骤520提供的方案类似,不再赘述。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的小区的TAC也会动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 5b that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#2 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located. . When the mobile relay moves and the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 3 of access network device 2, the mobile relay can send the location information again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 3 where the mobile relay is located. Assign TAC#4 to the mobile relay. If the mobile relay moves later, if it moves to an access network device different from the access network device 2, the mobile relay can resend the location information. This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 614 to 622, and is no longer Repeat. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again and moves to another cell of the access network device 2, the mobile relay can resend the location information. This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 520 and will not be described again. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
上述步骤201中,管理设备还可以通过多种其它方式获取到移动中继的位置信息。一种可能的实施方式中,核心网设备向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。相对应的,管理设备接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。相比移动中继发送位置信息的方案,管理设备从核心网设备获取移动中继的位置信息的方案可以减少移动中继向管理设备发送位置信息的次数,从而可以节省移动中继电量。In the above step 201, the management device can also obtain the location information of the mobile relay through various other methods. In a possible implementation, the core network device sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device. Correspondingly, the management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device. Compared with the solution in which the mobile relay sends location information, the solution in which the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device can reduce the number of times the mobile relay sends location information to the management device, thereby saving mobile relay power.
举个例子,管理设备可以向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息,继而核心网设备可以向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。比如可以向核心网设备发送用于订阅移动中继的位置信息的消息。例如,用于订阅移动中继的位置信息的消息中可以包括用于指示该移动中继的MT实体的指示信息,该指示信息可以是MT实体的标识,该MT实体的标识可以为通用公共用户标识(Generic Public Subscription Identifier,GPSI)、用户永久标识(Subscription Permanent Identifier,SUPI)、移动用户国际综合业务数字网标识(mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number,MSISDN)等。其中,ISDN是综合业务数字网(integrated service digital network,ISDN)的简称。PSTN是公共交换电话网络(public switched telephone network,PSTN)的简称。核心网设备可以存储用于指示该移动中继的 MT实体的指示信息与该移动中继的位置信息(比如该移动中继的MT实体的位置信息)的对应关系,继而,核心网设备可以根据该用于指示该移动中继的MT实体的指示信息从该对应关系中查询出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以向管理设备发送该移动中继的位置信息。For example, the management device can subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay, and then the core network device can send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device. For example, a message for subscribing to the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the core network device. For example, the message used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may include indication information indicating the MT entity of the mobile relay. The indication information may be the identity of the MT entity, and the identity of the MT entity may be a general public user. Identifier (Generic Public Subscription Identifier, GPSI), User Permanent Identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI), Mobile Subscriber International Integrated Services Digital Network Identifier (mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN), etc. Among them, ISDN is the abbreviation of integrated service digital network (ISDN). PSTN is the abbreviation of public switched telephone network (PSTN). The core network device may store information indicating the mobile relay The corresponding relationship between the indication information of the MT entity and the location information of the mobile relay (such as the location information of the MT entity of the mobile relay). Then, the core network device can use the indication for instructing the MT entity of the mobile relay to The information queries the location information of the mobile relay from the corresponding relationship, and then the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the management device.
再举个例子,用于订阅移动中继的位置信息的消息中可以包括用于指示该移动中继的DU实体的指示信息(比如DU实体的标识),核心网设备可以存储用于指示该移动中继的DU实体的指示信息与该移动中继的位置信息(比如该移动中继的MT实体的位置信息)的对应关系,继而,核心网设备可以根据该用于指示该移动中继的DU实体的指示信息从该对应关系中查询出该移动中继的位置信息,继而可以向管理设备发送该移动中继的位置信息。如此,管理设备可以根据获取到的移动中继的位置信息为移动中继的小区配置TAC。As another example, the message used to subscribe to the location information of a mobile relay may include indication information (such as the identity of the DU entity) used to indicate the mobile relay's DU entity, and the core network device may store the information used to indicate the mobile relay's location information. The corresponding relationship between the indication information of the DU entity of the relay and the location information of the mobile relay (such as the location information of the MT entity of the mobile relay). Then, the core network device can use the DU for indicating the mobile relay to The entity's indication information queries the location information of the mobile relay from the corresponding relationship, and then the location information of the mobile relay can be sent to the management device. In this way, the management device can configure the TAC for the cell of the mobile relay based on the obtained location information of the mobile relay.
再举个例子,管理设备可以向核心网设备查询移动中继的位置信息,比如可以周期性的向核心网设备查询移动中继的位置信息等。For another example, the management device can query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. For example, the management device can periodically query the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay.
下面基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d或图2中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,图6示例性示出了又一种小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。图6所示的实施例可以视为图6所示实施例的扩展实施例。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1a, FIG. 1b, FIG. 1c, FIG. 1d, or FIG. 2 and other content, FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another cell information configuration method. The embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be regarded as an extended embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
如图6所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
步骤701,移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的标识和/或用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息。Step 701: The mobile relay sends the identification of the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay to the management device.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的移动中继的标识和/或用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息。Correspondingly, the management device receives the identification of the mobile relay from the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
类似的,移动中继的标识和/或用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, the identity of the mobile relay and/or the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
移动中继的标识可以在后续管理设备向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息时使用,比如管理设备可以将移动中继的标识发送至核心网设备NEF,以便NEF查询出该移动中继标识对应的AMF,从而向该AMF订阅该移动中继的位置信息。AMF侧可以存储该移动中继的MT实体的标识与该移动中继的位置信息之间的对应关系,继而AMF可以从该对应关系根据MT实体的标识查询出该移动中继的位置信息。该移动中继的标识可以理解为已经成功入网的移动中继的MT功能的标识,如用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier,SUPI)、移动用户国际综合业务数字网标识(mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number,MSISDN)等。其中,ISDN是综合业务数字网(integrated service digital network,ISDN)的简称。PSTN是公共交换电话网络(public switched telephone network,PSTN)的简称。The identity of the mobile relay can be used when the subsequent management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. For example, the management device can send the identity of the mobile relay to the core network device NEF so that NEF can query the mobile relay identity. The corresponding AMF, thereby subscribing to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay. The AMF side can store the correspondence between the identity of the MT entity of the mobile relay and the location information of the mobile relay, and then the AMF can query the location information of the mobile relay based on the identity of the MT entity from the correspondence. The identity of the mobile relay can be understood as the identity of the MT function of the mobile relay that has successfully accessed the network, such as the subscriber permanent identifier (SUPI), mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number , MSISDN) etc. Among them, ISDN is the abbreviation of integrated service digital network (ISDN). PSTN is the abbreviation of public switched telephone network (PSTN).
一种可能的实施方式中,用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息可以是移动中继的标识。比如移动中继的标识为特殊设置的,管理设备可以根据移动中继的标识确定该移动中继是具有移动能力的。管理设备侧可以预设规则:针对具有移动能力的中继设备,需订阅此类中继设备的位置信息。这种情况下,管理设备根据接收到的移动中继的标识确定出该移动中继具有移动能力,继而管理设备向核心网设备订阅该移动中继的位置信息。这种情况下,步骤701也可以替换为:移动中继向管理设备发送移动中继的标识。In a possible implementation, the indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay may be an identification of the mobile relay. For example, if the identifier of the mobile relay is specially set, the management device can determine that the mobile relay has mobility capabilities based on the identifier of the mobile relay. Rules can be preset on the management device side: for relay devices with mobile capabilities, location information of such relay devices needs to be subscribed. In this case, the management device determines that the mobile relay has mobility capabilities based on the received identification of the mobile relay, and then the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay. In this case, step 701 can also be replaced by: the mobile relay sends the identification of the mobile relay to the management device.
又一种可能的实施方式中,本申请实施例中用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信 息的指示信息可以是:用于指示移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的信息。管理设备侧可以预设规则:针对具有移动能力的中继设备,需订阅此类中继设备的位置信息。这种情况下,管理设备根据接收到的用于指示移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的信息确定出该移动中继具有移动能力,继而管理设备向核心网设备订阅该移动中继的位置信息。In another possible implementation, the location information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application is The indication information may be: information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capabilities. Rules can be preset on the management device side: for relay devices with mobile capabilities, location information of such relay devices needs to be subscribed. In this case, the management device determines that the mobile relay has mobility capability based on the received information indicating that the type of the mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capability, and then the management device subscribes to the core network device for the mobility capability. location information.
其中,用于指示移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的信息可以通过多种实现方式来实现,比如是包括用于指示移动中继的类型为车载中继设备类型的信息,再比如可以是用于指示移动中继的类型为部署于无人机上的中继设备类型的信息,再比如可以是用于指示移动中继的类型为部署于飞机上的中继设备类型的信息。由于车辆、无人机或飞机具有移动能力,通常处于移动状态,因此,部署于此类交通工具上的中继设备可以被视为具有移动能力的中继设备。The information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a relay device with mobility capabilities can be implemented in a variety of ways. For example, the information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay device type, and then For example, it may be information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device deployed on a drone. Another example may be information used to indicate that the type of mobile relay is a type of relay device deployed on an aircraft. Since vehicles, drones, or aircraft have mobility capabilities and are usually in a mobile state, relay devices deployed on such vehicles can be regarded as relay devices with mobility capabilities.
又一种可能的实施方式中,针对不具有移动能力的中继设备,可以称为非移动中继,管理设备为此类非移动中继配置TAC时,可以根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC,也可以不根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC。当管理设备确定中继设备属于非移动中继(比如管理设备未从中继设备处接收到用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继;再比如,中继设备向管理设备发送的请求配置中继设备的小区配置信息的消息未携带用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继),且不需要根据非移动中继的位置信息配置TAC时,管理设备也无需去订阅非移动中继的位置信息,从而可以节省信令开销。In another possible implementation, relay devices without mobility capabilities may be called non-mobile relays. When the management device configures TAC for such non-mobile relays, it may be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relays. TAC may also not be configured based on the location information of the non-mobile relay. When the management device determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay (for example, the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device that is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay), it determines that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay; For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, it is determined that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay. ), and there is no need to configure TAC based on the location information of the non-mobile relay, the management device does not need to subscribe to the location information of the non-mobile relay, thereby saving signaling overhead.
本申请中,管理设备确定中继设备属于非移动中继的方式有多种,比如管理设备未从中继设备处接收到用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继。再比如,中继设备向管理设备发送的请求配置中继设备的小区配置信息的消息未携带用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息指示信息,则确定该中继设备属于非移动中继。In this application, there are many ways for the management device to determine that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. For example, if the management device does not receive the location information indication information from the relay device to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, then it determines that the relay device is a non-mobile relay. The relay equipment is a non-mobile relay. For another example, if the message sent by the relay device to the management device requesting to configure the cell configuration information of the relay device does not carry the location information indication information used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay, it is determined that the relay device belongs to a non-mobile relay. .
移动中继可以在接收到用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息的情况下向核心网设备订阅该移动中继的位置信息。又一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备在未接收到用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息的情况下,可以不向核心网设备订阅该移动中继的位置信息。从而可以减少订阅非移动中继的位置信息带来的信令消耗。The mobile relay may subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay upon receiving indication information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay. In another possible implementation, the management device may not subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay if the management device does not receive the instruction information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay. This can reduce the signaling consumption caused by subscribing to location information of non-mobile relays.
值得说明的是,步骤701为可选的步骤,可以执行,也可以不执行,图6中以移动中继执行步骤701为例进行展示。It is worth noting that step 701 is an optional step and may or may not be executed. Figure 6 takes the mobile relay execution step 701 as an example.
步骤702,管理设备向NEF发送第一订阅请求消息,第一订阅请求消息用于订阅移动中继的位置信息。Step 702: The management device sends a first subscription request message to the NEF. The first subscription request message is used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
例如,第一订阅请求消息中可以携带移动中继的标识和订阅事件标识,其中,订阅事件标识用于指示此次订阅事件包括订阅移动中继的位置信息。For example, the first subscription request message may carry the identifier of the mobile relay and the subscription event identifier, where the subscription event identifier is used to indicate that this subscription event includes the location information of the subscribed mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以根据预设移动范围来确定订阅事件标识。也可以理解为订阅事件标识可以指示出管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型。In a possible implementation, the management device may determine the subscription event identifier according to the preset movement range. It can also be understood that the subscription event identifier can indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to.
在一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型可以与预设移动范围相关联。比如管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型可以为预设移动范围包括的一项或多项 内容所对应的位置信息的类型中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation, the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may be associated with a preset movement range. For example, the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to can be one or more items included in the preset movement range. One or more types of location information corresponding to the content.
举个例子,比如预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。则管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型可以包括移动中继接入的小区的TAC。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. Then the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may include the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay.
再举个例子,比如预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,以及移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化。则管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型可以包括移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备标识中的至少一项。For another example, the preset mobility range includes: changes in the TAC of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, changes to the cell identity of the cell to which the mobile relay is connected, and changes to the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. Equipment changes. Then, the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to may include at least one of the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay, the cell identity, or the access network device identity.
步骤703,NEF向AMF发送第二订阅请求消息,第二订阅请求消息用于订阅移动中继的位置信息。Step 703: NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF. The second subscription request message is used to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
NEF可以根据移动中继的标识向UDM查询为该移动中继服务的AMF,继而向该AMF发送第二订阅请求消息。The NEF may query the UDM for the AMF serving the mobile relay according to the identifier of the mobile relay, and then send the second subscription request message to the AMF.
第二订阅请求消息中可以携带移动中继的标识和订阅事件标识,其中,订阅事件标识用于指示此次订阅事件包括订阅移动中继的位置信息。The second subscription request message may carry the identifier of the mobile relay and the subscription event identifier, where the subscription event identifier is used to indicate that this subscription event includes the location information of the subscribed mobile relay.
步骤704,AMF确定移动中继的位置信息。Step 704: AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
AMF确定的移动中继的位置信息的形式有多种,比如AMF确定的移动中继的位置信息可以包括移动中继接入的小区的TAC、移动中继接入的小区的标识,或移动中继接入的接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。本申请实施例中的TAI可以包括TAC和公共陆上移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN)标识,也可以理解为TAC被包括于TAI中。The location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF comes in many forms. For example, the location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF may include the TAC of the cell that the mobile relay accesses, the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses, or the mobile relay's location information. At least one of the identifiers of the access network equipment for relay access. The TAI in the embodiment of this application may include the TAC and the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identifier, or it may also be understood that the TAC is included in the TAI.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二订阅请求消息中携带的订阅事件标识可以指示出管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型。AMF可以根据订阅事件标识向管理设备反馈与管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型匹配的位置信息。比如管理设备订阅的移动中继的位置信息包括移动中继接入的小区的标识,则AMF确定的移动中继的位置信息也包括移动中继接入的小区的标识,继而可以将移动中继接入的小区的标识发送给管理设备。In a possible implementation, the subscription event identifier carried in the second subscription request message may indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to. The AMF can feed back to the management device location information that matches the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to based on the subscription event identifier. For example, the location information of the mobile relay subscribed by the management device includes the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses. Then the location information of the mobile relay determined by the AMF also includes the identity of the cell that the mobile relay accesses. Then the mobile relay can be The identification of the accessed cell is sent to the management device.
本申请实施例中的订阅事件标识也可以不指示管理设备需要订阅的位置信息的类型。这种情况下,AMF可以将查询到的移动中继的位置信息通知给管理设备。The subscription event identifier in the embodiment of this application may not indicate the type of location information that the management device needs to subscribe to. In this case, the AMF can notify the management device of the queried location information of the mobile relay.
步骤705,AMF向管理设备发送第一通知消息,该第一通知消息携带移动中继的位置信息4。Step 705: The AMF sends a first notification message to the management device. The first notification message carries the location information 4 of the mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,在AMF接收到管理设备通过NEF发送的订阅请求消息(比如第二订阅请求消息)之后,AMF便可以通过步骤705将移动中继的位置信息4发送给管理设备。In a possible implementation, after the AMF receives the subscription request message (such as the second subscription request message) sent by the management device through NEF, the AMF can send the location information 4 of the mobile relay to the management device through step 705.
步骤705中,AMF可以通过NEF向管理设备发送第一通知消息,比如可以先向NEF发送该通知消息,之后由NEF将该第一通知消息透传或转发给管理设备。In step 705, the AMF may send the first notification message to the management device through NEF. For example, the AMF may first send the notification message to NEF, and then the NEF may transparently transmit or forward the first notification message to the management device.
步骤706,管理设备确定该位置信息4对应的TAC#5。Step 706: The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
步骤706的相关内容可以参见前述管理设备根据位置信息确定移动中继小区的TAC的相关内容,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 706, please refer to the relevant content of the management device determining the TAC of the mobile relay cell based on the location information, and will not be described again.
步骤707,管理设备向移动中继发送TAC#5。TAC#5是根据移动中继的位置信息4确定的。TAC#5用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。Step 707: The management device sends TAC#5 to the mobile relay. TAC#5 is determined based on the location information 4 of the mobile relay. TAC#5 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
类似的,TAC#5可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的,也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。Similarly, TAC#5 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤707的相关内容可以参见前述步骤202的相关内容。 For the relevant content of step 707, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
由于移动中继可能会发生移动,因此,在步骤705之后,还可以包括步骤708:Since the mobile relay may move, after step 705, step 708 may also be included:
步骤708,AMF确定移动中继发生移动。Step 708: AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
一种可能的实施方式中,由于AMF接收到第二订阅请求消息,即管理设备向AMF订阅了移动中继的位置信息,因此AMF会判断移动中继是否发生移动。也可以理解为步骤703位步骤708的一个前提条件。In a possible implementation, since the AMF receives the second subscription request message, that is, the management device subscribes to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay, the AMF determines whether the mobile relay has moved. It can also be understood as step 703 as a prerequisite for step 708.
又一种可能的实施方式中,若管理设备没有向AMF订阅移动中继的位置信息,则AMF也可以无需判断移动中继是否发生移动。可以看出,该实施方式中,AMF并非针对所有移动中继都去判断该移动中继是否发生移动,从而可以减轻AMF的工作量。In another possible implementation, if the management device does not subscribe to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay, the AMF does not need to determine whether the mobile relay has moved. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the AMF does not determine whether the mobile relay has moved for all mobile relays, thereby reducing the workload of the AMF.
一种可能的实施方式中,步骤708中,AMF需确定移动中继的位置移动范围满足预设移动范围。In a possible implementation, in step 708, the AMF needs to determine that the location movement range of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
预设移动范围可以包括前述内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项。The preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
AMF根据获取到的信息确定移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。The AMF determines whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range based on the obtained information.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区标识发生变化。移动中继从第一接入网设备的第二小区移动至第一接入网设备的第一小区,当移动中继接入第一接入网设备第二小区时,第一接入网设备向AMF发送移动中继接入的第二小区的标识。当移动中继接入第一接入网设备第一小区时,第一接入网设备向AMF发送移动中继接入的第一小区的标识。当AMF确定移动中继接入的小区的标识由第二小区的标识更新为第一小区的标识,则AMF确定移动中继的位置发生了移动。For example, the preset movement range includes: the identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. The mobile relay moves from the second cell of the first access network device to the first cell of the first access network device. When the mobile relay accesses the second cell of the first access network device, the first access network device Send the identifier of the second cell accessed by the mobile relay to the AMF. When the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the first access network device, the first access network device sends the identifier of the first cell that the mobile relay accesses to the AMF. When the AMF determines that the identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay is updated from the identity of the second cell to the identity of the first cell, the AMF determines that the location of the mobile relay has moved.
AMF确定移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围与之前移动中继确定移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围的方案类似,在此不做过多阐述。区别在于:移动中继获取到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离的方式与AMF获取这些信息的方式可能有些不同,AMF可以接收或去查询到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离。本申请实施例对此不做限制。The AMF's determination of whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and will not be elaborated here. The difference is that the mobile relay obtains the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information of the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay, and the AMF obtains this information. The methods may be somewhat different. The AMF can receive or query the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information of the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
值得说明的是,AMF确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况与上述移动中继确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况类似,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that the situation in which the AMF determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range is similar to the above situation in which the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, and will not be described again here.
步骤709,AMF向管理设备发送第二通知消息,该第二通知消息携带移动中继的位置信息5。Step 709: The AMF sends a second notification message to the management device. The second notification message carries the location information 5 of the mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,由于MF接收到第二订阅请求消息,即管理设备向AMF订阅了移动中继的位置信息,因此AMF在确定移动中继发生移动的情况下可以执行步骤709。In a possible implementation, since the MF receives the second subscription request message, that is, the management device subscribes to the AMF for the location information of the mobile relay, the AMF can perform step 709 when it determines that the mobile relay has moved.
由于步骤709之前,AMF确定移动中继发生了移动,因此AMF在第二通知消息里携带的移动中继的位置信息5为移动后的移动中继的位置信息。移动中继的位置信息5与移动中继的位置信息4不同。值得说明的是位置信息4对应的接入网设备和位置信息5对应的接入网设备可以相同,也可以不同。Since before step 709, the AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved, the location information 5 of the mobile relay carried by the AMF in the second notification message is the location information of the mobile relay after movement. The location information 5 of the mobile relay is different from the location information 4 of the mobile relay. It is worth explaining that the access network device corresponding to location information 4 and the access network device corresponding to location information 5 may be the same or different.
又一种可能的实施方式中,当AMF确定移动中继的位置移动范围满足预设移动范围,则AMF执行步骤709,向管理设备发送移动后的移动中继的位置信息。又一种可能的实施方式中,当AMF确定移动中继的位置移动范围不满足预设移动范围,比如移动中继未移动出当前小区,则AMF可以不向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息,或者将此类情况归属于移动中继未发生移动的情况。In another possible implementation, when the AMF determines that the location movement range of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the AMF executes step 709 to send the moved location information of the mobile relay to the management device. In another possible implementation, when the AMF determines that the location movement range of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, for example, the mobile relay has not moved out of the current cell, the AMF may not send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device. , or attribute this situation to the situation where the mobile relay has not moved.
在步骤709中,AMF可以通过NEF向管理设备发送第二通知消息,比如可以先向NEF 发送该通知消息,之后由NEF将该第二通知消息透传或转发给管理设备。In step 709, AMF may send a second notification message to the management device through NEF. For example, AMF may first send The notification message is sent, and then the NEF transparently transmits or forwards the second notification message to the management device.
步骤710,管理设备确定该位置信息5对应的TAC#6。Step 710: The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
步骤710的相关内容可以参见前述管理设备根据位置信息确定移动中继小区的TAC的相关内容,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 710, please refer to the relevant content of the management device determining the TAC of the mobile relay cell based on the location information, and will not be described again.
在步骤710中,一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。管理设备接收到位置信息5,就可以确定位置信息5对应的TAC#6。In step 710, in a possible implementation, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. When the management device receives the location information 5, it can determine the TAC #6 corresponding to the location information 5.
又一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备也可以判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。比如,管理设备接收到位置信息5,在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下,确定位置信息5对应的TAC#6。再比如,管理设备接收到位置信息5,在确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况下,不确定位置信息5对应的TAC#6,也不再向移动中继通知TAC#6。In another possible implementation, the management device can also determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For example, the management device receives the location information 5, and determines the TAC #6 corresponding to the location information 5 when it is determined that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. For another example, when the management device receives location information 5 and determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, it is not sure of the TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5 and no longer notifies the mobile relay of TAC#6. .
预设移动范围可以包括前述内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项。The preset movement range may include at least one of the aforementioned content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
管理设备确定移动中继发生移动的方案与之前移动中继确定移动中继发生移动的方案类似,在此不做过多阐述。区别在于:移动中继获取到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离的方式与管理设备获取这些信息的方式可能有些不同,管理设备可以接收或去查询到移动中继接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离。本申请实施例对此不做限制。The solution for the management device to determine that the mobile relay has moved is similar to the previous solution for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be elaborated here. The difference lies in the way in which the mobile relay obtains the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay, and the management device. The methods of this information may be somewhat different. The management device may receive or query the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay, cell identity, access network equipment, information about the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or information about the mobile relay's location. Moving distance. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
又一种可能的实施方式中,AMF在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下,向管理设备发送位置信息,AMF在确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况下,可以不向管理设备发送位置信息。这种情况下,管理设备也可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。In another possible implementation, when the AMF determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the AMF sends location information to the management device, and when the AMF determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range , you do not need to send location information to the management device. In this case, the management device may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中,AMF可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。这种情况下,管理设备可以判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围。In another possible implementation, the AMF may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. In this case, the management device can determine whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中,AMF可以不判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围,获取到位置信息便通知管理设备。这种情况下,管理设备可以执行判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围的步骤,在移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况下向移动中继反馈TAC#6,在移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围的情况不下向移动中继反馈TAC#6。管理设备也可以不执行判断移动中继的移动是否满足预设移动范围的步骤,直接向移动中继反馈TAC#6。In another possible implementation, the AMF may not determine whether the movement of the mobile relay meets the preset movement range, and notify the management device after obtaining the location information. In this case, the management device can perform the step of judging whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, and feeds back TAC#6 to the mobile relay when the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. If the relay's movement does not meet the preset movement range, TAC#6 will not be fed back to the mobile relay. The management device may also directly feed back TAC#6 to the mobile relay without performing the step of determining whether the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
值得说明的是,管理设备确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况与上述移动中继确定移动中继的移动不满足预设移动范围的情况类似,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that the situation in which the management device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range is similar to the situation in which the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, and will not be described again here.
步骤711,管理设备向移动中继发送TAC#6。TAC#6是根据移动中继的位置信息5确定的。TAC#6用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。Step 711: The management device sends TAC#6 to the mobile relay. TAC#6 is determined based on the location information 5 of the mobile relay. TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
类似的,TAC#6可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的,也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。Similarly, TAC#6 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay, or may be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤711的相关内容可以参见前述步骤202的相关内容。For the relevant content of step 711, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 202.
图6所示的方案中,步骤707可以作为上述步骤202的一种可能的实施方式,这种情况下,TAC#5为上述第一TAC。步骤711也可以作为上述步骤202的一种可能的实施方式,这种情况下,TAC#6为上述第一TAC。 In the solution shown in Figure 6, step 707 can be used as a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 202. In this case, TAC#5 is the above-mentioned first TAC. Step 711 can also be used as a possible implementation of the above-mentioned step 202. In this case, TAC#6 is the above-mentioned first TAC.
值得说明的是,后续移动中继可能还会发生一次或多次移动,当AMF确定移动中继发生移动,则AMF可以再次向管理设备发送移动后的移动中继的位置信息,以便管理设备根据移动后的移动中继的位置信息为该移动中继配置TAC,从而可以达到根据移动中继的位置信息动态为移动中继配置TAC的效果。It is worth noting that the mobile relay may move one or more times in the future. When the AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved, the AMF can send the location information of the moved mobile relay to the management device again, so that the management device can move according to the The moved location information of the mobile relay configures a TAC for the mobile relay, thereby achieving the effect of dynamically configuring a TAC for the mobile relay based on the location information of the mobile relay.
通过图6的方案可以看出,管理设备可以在多种场景下从核心网设备接收到移动中继的位置信息。比如当AMF接收到第二订阅请求消息之后,AMF可以通过步骤705向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。再比如,当AMF确定移动中继发生移动之后,AMF可以通过步骤709向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息。步骤705和步骤709可以看做前述步骤201的几种可能的实施方式。It can be seen from the solution in Figure 6 that the management device can receive the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device in various scenarios. For example, after the AMF receives the second subscription request message, the AMF may send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device through step 705. For another example, after the AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved, the AMF may send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device through step 709. Step 705 and step 709 can be regarded as several possible implementations of the aforementioned step 201.
图6提供的方案中还可以包括其它步骤,比如移动中继在从管理设备获取到TAC之后,还可以向宿主基站发送接收到的TAC,该移动中继也可以根据从管理设备获取到的TAC发送广播消息。The solution provided in Figure 6 can also include other steps. For example, after obtaining the TAC from the management device, the mobile relay can also send the received TAC to the host base station. The mobile relay can also send the received TAC to the host base station according to the TAC obtained from the management device. Send a broadcast message.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d、图2或图6中的至少一项所示的内容以及其他内容,下面通过图7a和图7b再示例性介绍两种本申请实施例提供的小区信息配置方法。图7a和图7b可以视为基于图6的方案的扩展方案。图7a中是以移动中继未更换宿主基站为例进行介绍,图7b是以为移动中继更换宿主基站为例进行介绍的。本申请实施例中位置信息4对应的接入网设备和位置信息5对应的接入网设备可以相同,也可以不同,图7a中以位置信息4对应的接入网设备和位置信息5对应的接入网设备可以相同为例进行介绍。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1a, FIG. 1b, FIG. 1c, FIG. 1d, FIG. 2 or FIG. 6 and other content, the following is an exemplary introduction of two embodiments of the present application through FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b. Cell information configuration method. Figures 7a and 7b can be regarded as an extended scheme based on the scheme of Figure 6. Figure 7a is an example where the mobile relay has not changed its host base station, and Figure 7b is an example where the mobile relay has changed its host base station. In the embodiment of this application, the access network equipment corresponding to location information 4 and the access network equipment corresponding to location information 5 may be the same or different. In Figure 7a, the access network equipment corresponding to location information 4 and the access network equipment corresponding to location information 5 are The access network equipment can be the same as an example for introduction.
如图7a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 7a, the method includes:
步骤801,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息b1。Step 801: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
其中,广播消息b1包括接入网设备一的小区1的TAC、小区1的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。The broadcast message b1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
步骤802,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 802: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
步骤803,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 803: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
步骤804,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 804: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
相对应的,核心网设备接收注册请求消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the registration request message.
步骤805,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 805: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
步骤806,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 806: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤801至步骤806的相关内容可以参见前述步骤501至步骤506的相关内容,广播消息b1可以参见前述广播消息a1的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of steps 801 to 806, please refer to the relevant content of the foregoing steps 501 to 506. For the broadcast message b1, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing broadcast message a1, which will not be described again.
步骤807,移动中继向管理设备发送消息b2,消息b2用于获取小区配置信息。Step 807: The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device. Message b2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的消息b2。Correspondingly, the management device receives the message b2 from the mobile relay.
消息b2可以包括移动中继的标识和/或用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息的指示信息。Message b2 may include an identification of the mobile relay and/or indication information for triggering the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
消息b2中可以不包括移动中继的位置信息4。The message b2 may not include the location information 4 of the mobile relay.
步骤807的相关内容可以参见前述步骤701的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 807, please refer to the relevant content of step 701, which will not be described again here.
步骤808,管理设备向NEF发送第一订阅请求消息。Step 808: The management device sends a first subscription request message to NEF.
步骤808的相关内容可以参见前述步骤702的相关描述,在此不再赘述。 For the relevant content of step 808, please refer to the relevant description of step 702, and will not be described again here.
步骤809,NEF向AMF发送第二订阅请求消息。Step 809: NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF.
步骤809的相关内容可以参见前述步骤703的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 809, please refer to the relevant description of step 703, and will not be described again here.
步骤810,AMF确定移动中继的位置信息。Step 810: AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
步骤810的相关内容可以参见前述步骤704的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 810, please refer to the relevant description of step 704, which will not be described again here.
步骤811,AMF向管理设备发送第一通知消息。Step 811: AMF sends a first notification message to the management device.
步骤811的相关内容可以参见前述步骤705的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 811, please refer to the relevant description of step 705, which will not be described again here.
步骤812,管理设备确定该位置信息4对应的TAC#5。Step 812: The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
步骤812的相关内容可以参见前述步骤706的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 812, please refer to the relevant description of step 706, which will not be described again here.
步骤813,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息b2的响应消息,消息b2的响应消息携带小区配置信息,小区配置信息包括TAC#5。Step 813: The management device may send a response message to message b2 to the mobile relay. The response message to message b2 carries cell configuration information, and the cell configuration information includes TAC#5.
相对应的,移动中继可以接收来自管理设备的小区配置信息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
TAC#5用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。TAC#5 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
类似的,消息b2可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,消息b2的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。消息b2也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,消息b2的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, message b2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message b2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
步骤814,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送消息b3,消息b3用于请求激活移动中继的小区。消息b3中可以携带TAC#5。Step 814: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message b3 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay. Message b3 can carry TAC#5.
步骤814的相关内容可以参见前述步骤510的相关描述,消息b3的相关内容可以参见前述第二消息的相关介绍(比如消息b3可以为前述第二消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 814, please refer to the relevant description of the foregoing step 510. For the relevant content of the message b3, please refer to the relevant introduction of the foregoing second message (for example, the message b3 can be the foregoing second message), which will not be described again here.
步骤815,接入网设备一向核心网设备发送TAC#5。Step 815: The access network device sends TAC#5 to the core network device.
在步骤815中,接入网设备也可以向核心网设备发送激活后的移动中继的小区配置信息中的其他的信息,本申请实施例不做限制。步骤815的相关内容可以参见前述步骤511的相关描述,不再赘述。In step 815, the access network device may also send other information in the activated mobile relay cell configuration information to the core network device, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application. For the relevant content of step 815, please refer to the relevant description of step 511, which will not be described again.
步骤816,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b3的响应消息。Step 816: The access network device sends a response message of message b3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤816的相关内容可以参见前述步骤512的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 816, please refer to the relevant description of step 512, which will not be described again.
步骤817,移动中继发送广播消息b4。Step 817: The mobile relay sends broadcast message b4.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息b4包括TAC#5。步骤817的相关内容可以参见前述步骤513的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message b4 includes TAC#5. For the relevant content of step 817, please refer to the relevant description of step 513, which will not be described again.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继可能处于移动状态,由于移动中继发生了移动,因此移动中继可能执行步骤818:In a possible implementation, the mobile relay may be in a moving state. Since the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay may perform step 818:
步骤818,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息b5,其中,广播消息b5包括的接入网设备一的小区2的TAC、小区2的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。Step 818: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b5, where the broadcast message b5 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 2 of access network device one, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device one.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从小区1移动至小区2,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息b5。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区2作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区2。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message b5. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
步骤819,AMF确定移动中继发生移动。Step 819: AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
步骤819的相关内容可以参见前述步骤708的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 819, please refer to the relevant description of step 708, which will not be described again here.
步骤820,AMF向管理设备发送第二通知消息。Step 820: AMF sends a second notification message to the management device.
步骤820的相关内容可以参见前述步骤709的相关描述,在此不再赘述。 For the relevant content of step 820, please refer to the relevant description of step 709, which will not be described again here.
步骤821,管理设备确定该位置信息5对应的TAC#6。Step 821: The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
步骤821的相关内容可以参见前述步骤710的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 821, please refer to the relevant description of step 710, which will not be described again here.
步骤822,管理设备可以向移动中继发送TAC#6。Step 822: The management device may send TAC#6 to the mobile relay.
相对应的,移动中继接收来自管理设备的TAC#6。Correspondingly, the mobile relay receives TAC#6 from the management device.
TAC#6用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
步骤823,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送配置更新消息,配置更新消息用于将移动中继的小区的TAC从TAC#5更新为TAC#6。Step 823: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay from TAC#5 to TAC#6.
步骤823的相关内容可以参见前述步骤519的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 823, please refer to the relevant description of step 519, which will not be described again.
步骤824,移动中继发送广播消息b7。Step 824: The mobile relay sends broadcast message b7.
一种可能的实施方式,广播消息b7中可以包括TAC#6。步骤824的内容可以参见前述步骤520的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message b7 may include TAC#6. For the content of step 824, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 520, and will not be described again.
通过图7a所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区1,管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区1的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#5。当移动中继发生移动,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区2,则AMF可以再次将位置信息发送给管理设备,以便管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区2的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#6。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备一的与小区2不同的小区,则AMF可以再次将位置信息发送给管理设备。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的小区的TAC也会动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 7a that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#5 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located. . When the mobile relay moves and the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 2 of access network device 1, the AMF can send the location information to the management device again so that the management device can rely on the location information of cell 2 where the mobile relay is located. Assign TAC#6 to the mobile relay. Subsequently, if the mobile relay moves again, if it moves to a cell different from cell 2 of access network device 1, the AMF can send the location information to the management device again. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
下面请参阅图7b,图7b中以移动中继移动出当前接入网设备的覆盖范围,即移动中继的宿主基站发生变化为例进行示意。在图7b中,以位置信息4对应的接入网设备和位置信息5对应的接入网设备不同为例进行介绍。Please refer to Figure 7b below. In Figure 7b, the mobile relay moves out of the coverage range of the current access network equipment, that is, the host base station of the mobile relay changes, as an example. In Figure 7b, an introduction is made by taking the access network device corresponding to location information 4 and the access network device corresponding to location information 5 being different as an example.
如图7b所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 7b, the method includes:
步骤901,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息b1。Step 901: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
步骤902,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 902: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
步骤903,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 903: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
步骤904,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 904: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
步骤905,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 905: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
步骤906,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 906: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤907,移动中继向管理设备发送消息b2。Step 907: The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device.
步骤908,管理设备向NEF发送第一订阅请求消息。Step 908: The management device sends a first subscription request message to NEF.
步骤909,NEF向AMF发送第二订阅请求消息。Step 909: NEF sends a second subscription request message to AMF.
步骤910,AMF确定移动中继的位置信息。Step 910: AMF determines the location information of the mobile relay.
步骤911,AMF向管理设备发送第一通知消息。Step 911: AMF sends a first notification message to the management device.
步骤912,管理设备确定该位置信息4对应的TAC#5。Step 912: The management device determines TAC#5 corresponding to the location information 4.
步骤913,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息b2的响应消息。Step 913: The management device may send a response message of message b2 to the mobile relay.
步骤914,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备一发送消息b3。 Step 914: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b3 to the access network device 1 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
步骤915,接入网设备一向核心网设备发送TAC#5。Step 915: The access network device sends TAC#5 to the core network device.
步骤916,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b3的响应消息。Step 916: The access network device sends a response message of message b3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤917,移动中继发送广播消息b4。Step 917: The mobile relay sends broadcast message b4.
步骤901至步骤917的相关内容可以参见前述步骤801至步骤817的相关内容,不再赘述。For the relevant content of steps 901 to 917, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned steps 801 to 817, and will not be described again.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继可能处于移动状态,由于移动中继发生了移动,比如移动中继可能移动至接入网设备二的覆盖范围内,因此移动中继可能执行步骤918:In a possible implementation, the mobile relay may be in a moving state. Since the mobile relay has moved, for example, the mobile relay may move within the coverage of access network device 2, so the mobile relay may perform step 918:
步骤918,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息b8。Step 918: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b8.
其中,广播消息b8包括的接入网设备二的小区3的TAC、小区3的标识或接入网设备二的标识中的至少一项。The broadcast message b8 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从接入网设备一的小区1移动至接入网设备二的小区3,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息b8。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区3作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区3。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 of access network device 1 to cell 3 of access network device 2, the mobile relay may receive broadcast message b8. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
步骤919,AMF确定移动中继发生移动。Step 919: The AMF determines that the mobile relay has moved.
步骤919的相关内容可以参见前述步骤708的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 919, please refer to the relevant description of step 708, which will not be described again here.
步骤920,AMF向管理设备发送第二通知消息。Step 920: The AMF sends a second notification message to the management device.
步骤920的相关内容可以参见前述步骤709的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 920, please refer to the relevant description of step 709, which will not be described again here.
步骤921,管理设备确定该位置信息5对应的TAC#6。Step 921: The management device determines TAC#6 corresponding to the location information 5.
步骤921的相关内容可以参见前述步骤710的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 921, please refer to the relevant description of step 710, which will not be described again here.
步骤922,管理设备可以向移动中继发送TAC#6。Step 922: The management device may send TAC#6 to the mobile relay.
TAC#6用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC。TAC#6 is used as the TAC of the cell serving as a mobile relay.
步骤923,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备二发送消息b10,消息b10用于请求激活移动中继的小区的消息。消息b10可以包括TAC#6。Step 923: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b10 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message b10 is used to request activation of the cell of the mobile relay. Message b10 may include TAC#6.
步骤923的内容可以参见前述步骤619的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 923, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 619, and will not be described again.
步骤924,接入网设备二向核心网设备发送TAC#6。Step 924: Access network device 2 sends TAC#6 to the core network device.
在步骤924中,接入网设备也可以向核心网设备发送激活后的移动中继的小区配置信息中的其他的信息,本申请实施例不做限制。In step 924, the access network device may also send other information in the activated mobile relay cell configuration information to the core network device, which is not limited by this embodiment of the application.
步骤924的内容可以参见前述步骤620的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 924, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 620, and will not be described again.
步骤925,接入网设备二向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b10的响应消息。Step 925: Access network device 2 sends a response message of message b10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤925的内容可以参见前述步骤621的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 925, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 621, and will not be described again.
步骤926,移动中继发送广播消息b11。Step 926: The mobile relay sends the broadcast message b11.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息b11包括TAC#6。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message b11 includes TAC#6.
通过图7b所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区1,管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区1的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#5。当移动中继发生移动,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备二的小区3,则AMF可以再次将位置信息发送给管理设备,以便管理设备依据移动中继所在的小区3的位置信息为移动中继分配TAC#7。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的小区的TAC也会动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继的位置,继而可以较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。 It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 7b that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the management device allocates TAC#5 to the mobile relay based on the location information of cell 1 where the mobile relay is located. . When the mobile relay moves and the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 3 of access network device 2, the AMF can send the location information to the management device again so that the management device can use the location information of cell 3 where the mobile relay is located. Assign TAC#7 to the mobile relay. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay's cell will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can determine the location of the mobile relay based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Then the current location of the terminal device can be determined more accurately.
需要说明的是,在本申请的实施例中,某一网元(例如:A网元)接收来自另一网元(例如:B网元)的信息,可以指A网元直接从B网元接收信息,也可以指A网元经其他网元(例如:C网元)从B网元接收信息。当A网元经C网元从B网元接收信息时,C网元可以对信息进行透传,也可以将信息进行处理,例如:将信息携带在不同的消息中进行传输或者对信息进行筛选,只发送筛选后的信息给A网元。类似的,在本申请的各实施例中,A网元向B网元发送信息,可以指A网元直接向B网元发送信息,也可以指A网元经其他网元(例如:C网元)向B网元发送信息。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, when a certain network element (for example, network element A) receives information from another network element (for example, network element B), it may mean that network element A directly receives information from network element B. Receiving information may also refer to network element A receiving information from network element B via other network elements (for example, network element C). When network element A receives information from network element B via network element C, network element C can transparently transmit the information or process the information, for example, carry the information in different messages for transmission or filter the information. , and only sends the filtered information to network element A. Similarly, in various embodiments of the present application, when network element A sends information to network element B, it may mean that network element A sends information directly to network element B, or it may mean that network element A sends information to network element B via other network elements (for example, network C). element) sends information to network element B.
本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。And, unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. degree.
需要说明的是,上述各个消息的名称仅仅是作为示例,随着通信技术的演变,上述任意消息均可能改变其名称,但不管其名称如何发生变化,只要其含义与本申请上述消息的含义相同,则均落入本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the names of the above messages are only as examples. With the evolution of communication technology, any of the above messages may change its name. However, no matter how its name changes, as long as its meaning is the same as the meaning of the above message in this application. , all fall within the protection scope of this application.
根据前述方法,图8为本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图,如图8所示,该通信装置可以为移动中继或管理设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于移动中继的芯片或电路,再比如可设置于管理设备内的芯片或电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项的相关方案中移动中继侧或管理设备侧的方法。According to the foregoing method, Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the communication device can be a mobile relay or management device, or it can be a chip or a circuit. For example, it can be provided on a mobile relay A chip or circuit, another example is a chip or circuit that can be installed in a management device. The communication device can be used to perform the mobile relay side or the management device side in any of the related solutions in Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b. method.
该通信装置1801包括处理器1802和收发器1803。The communication device 1801 includes a processor 1802 and a transceiver 1803.
进一步的,该通信装置1801可以包括有存储器1804。图中存储器1804为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。Further, the communication device 1801 may include a memory 1804. The dotted line on the memory 1804 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
进一步的,该通信装置1801还可以进一步包括总线系统,其中,处理器1802、存储器1804、收发器1803可以通过总线系统相连。Furthermore, the communication device 1801 may further include a bus system, wherein the processor 1802, the memory 1804, and the transceiver 1803 may be connected through the bus system.
应理解,上述处理器1802可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理器1802可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processor 1802 may be a chip. For example, the processor 1802 can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller unit, MCU), or a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1802中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器1802中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器 等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1804,处理器1802读取存储器1804中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。During the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1802 . The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor 1802. Software modules can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory 1804. The processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1804 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器1802可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor 1802 in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components. . Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器1804可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。本申请实施例中的存储器的相关描述可以参见前述内容,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the memory 1804 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories. For relevant descriptions of the memory in the embodiments of the present application, please refer to the foregoing content and will not be described again here.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向管理设备发送移动中继的位置信息,移动中继的位置信息用于获取移动中继的小区配置信息;接收来自管理设备的移动中继的小区配置信息,移动中继的小区配置信息包括第一TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的;其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay; receive Cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device. The cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes the first TAC. The first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay; where the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay Relays are used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括移动中继接入的接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或移动中继接入的接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes the access network to which the mobile relay is connected. At least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向核心网设备查询移动中继所处的位置;移动中继接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: query the core network device for the location of the mobile relay; the mobile relay receives data from the core network Location information for the device's mobile relay.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于:确定移动中继发生移动。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to determine that the mobile relay has moved.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于:根据移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备标识确定移动中继发生移动。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to determine that the mobile relay has moved based on the TAC, cell identification or access network equipment identification of the mobile relay access cell.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向管理设备发送指示信息,指示信息用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息;接收来自管理设备为移动中继的小区配置的第一TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send instruction information to the management device, the instruction information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay; receive location information from the management device for the mobile relay The first TAC configured in the relay cell is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
当通信装置1801为上述管理设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:获取移动中继的位置信息;向移动中继发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为移动中继的小区的TAC,第一TAC是根据移动中继的位置信息确定的;其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned management device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: obtain the location information of the mobile relay; send the first TAC to the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay. , the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay; wherein the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
当通信装置1801为上述管理设备,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过 收发器1803执行:接收来自移动中继的位置信息,移动中继的位置信息用于获取移动中继的小区配置信息。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned management device, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is used to The transceiver 1803 performs: receiving location information from the mobile relay, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
当通信装置1801为上述管理设备,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向核心网设备订阅移动中继的位置信息;接收来自核心网设备的移动中继的位置信息。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned management device, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay; receive the mobile relay from the core network device. location information.
当通信装置1801为上述管理设备,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收来自移动中继的指示信息,指示信息用于触发管理设备订阅移动中继的位置信息。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned management device, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receive indication information from the mobile relay, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the mobile relay. location information.
当通信装置1801为上述管理设备,在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:根据移动中继的位置信息指示的位置和第一TAC的关联关系,确定出位置信息对应的第一TAC。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned management device, in a possible implementation, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: determine the location according to the association relationship between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC. The first TAC corresponding to the message.
该通信装置所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions and other steps involved in the communication device related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing methods or other embodiments, and will not be described again here.
根据前述方法,图9为本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图,如图9所示,通信装置1901可以包括通信接口1903和处理器1902。进一步的,该通信装置1901可以包括有存储器1904。图中存储器1904为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。通信接口1903,用于输入和/或输出信息;处理器1902,用于执行计算机程序或指令,使得通信装置1901实现上述图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项的相关方案中移动中继侧的方法,或使得通信装置1901实现上述图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项的相关方案中管理设备侧的方法。本申请实施例中,通信接口1903可以实现上述图8的收发器1803所实现的方案,处理器1902可以实现上述图8的处理器1802所实现的方案,存储器1904可以实现上述图8的存储器1804所实现的方案,在此不再赘述。According to the foregoing method, Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, a communication device 1901 may include a communication interface 1903 and a processor 1902. Further, the communication device 1901 may include a memory 1904. The dotted line on memory 1904 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional. The communication interface 1903 is used to input and/or output information; the processor 1902 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6. The method of moving the relay side in any of the related solutions in Figure 7a or Figure 7b, or causing the communication device 1901 to implement the above-mentioned Figures 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 6, and A method for managing the device side in a related solution of any one of Figure 7a or Figure 7b. In this embodiment of the present application, the communication interface 1903 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8, the processor 1902 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8, and the memory 1904 can implement the memory 1804 of Figure 8. The implemented solution will not be described again here.
基于以上实施例以及相同构思,图10为本申请实施例提供的装置的示意图,如图10所示,该通信装置2001可以为移动中继或管理设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于移动中继或管理设备的芯片或电路。Based on the above embodiments and the same concept, Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the communication device 2001 can be a mobile relay or management device, or can be a chip or circuit. For example, it can be configured Chips or circuits used in mobile relay or management equipment.
该通信装置2001包括处理单元2002和通信单元2003。进一步的,该通信装置2001可以包括有存储单元2004,也可以不包括存储单元2004。图中存储单元2004为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。The communication device 2001 includes a processing unit 2002 and a communication unit 2003. Further, the communication device 2001 may or may not include the storage unit 2004. The memory unit 2004 in the figure is dotted to further indicate that the memory is optional.
通信单元2003,用于输入和/或输出信息;处理单元2002,用于执行计算机程序或指令,使得通信装置2001实现上述图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项的相关方案中移动中继侧的方法,或使得通信装置2001实现上述图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项的相关方案中管理设备侧的方法。本申请实施例中,通信单元2003可以实现上述图8的收发器1803所实现的方案,处理单元2002可以实现上述图8的处理器1802所实现的方案,存储单元2004可以实现上述图8的存储器1804所实现的方案,在此不再赘述。The communication unit 2003 is used to input and/or output information; the processing unit 2002 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6. The method of moving the relay side in any of the related solutions in Figure 7a or Figure 7b, or causing the communication device 2001 to implement the above-mentioned Figures 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 6, and A method for managing the device side in a related solution of any one of Figure 7a or Figure 7b. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication unit 2003 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8, the processing unit 2002 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8, and the storage unit 2004 can implement the memory of Figure 8. The solution implemented by 1804 will not be described again here.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码或指令,当该计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该 计算机执行图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions are run on the computer, the computer program product causes the The computer executes the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable medium stores program code. When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute Figures 3 and 4a. , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。可选地,该芯片系统还包括存储器。存储器,用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)。处理器,用于从存储器调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片系统的设备执行图3、图4a、图4b、图4c、图5a、图5b、图6、图7a或图7b中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a chip system, and the chip system may include a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b method. Optionally, the chip system also includes a memory. Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions). The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip system executes any one of Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 4c, Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 6, Figure 7a or Figure 7b The method of any one of the embodiments shown in the item.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个移动中继以及管理设备。According to the method provided by the embodiments of this application, this application also provides a system, which includes one or more of the aforementioned mobile relays and management devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
需要指出的是,本专利申请文件的一部分包含受著作权保护的内容。除了对专利局的专利文件或记录的专利文档内容制作副本以外,著作权人保留著作权。It should be noted that part of this patent application document contains content protected by copyright. The copyright owner retains copyright except in making copies of the contents of the patent document or records in the Patent Office.
上述各个装置实施例中第二通信装置与第一通信装置和方法实施例中的第二通信装置或第一通信装置对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The second communication device in the above device embodiments corresponds to the second communication device or the first communication device in the first communication device and method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, such as communication units (transceivers). To perform the step of receiving or sending in the method embodiment, other steps except sending and receiving may be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There can be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程 来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to refer to computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, a thread of execution, a program and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustrations, both applications running on the computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components can reside in a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. Additionally, these components can execute from various computer-readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component, a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals) via local and/or remote processes to communicate.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented as electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. accomplish. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate. A component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. Functions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium when implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, and all of them should be covered. within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized by including:
    移动中继向管理设备发送所述移动中继的位置信息,所述移动中继的所述位置信息用于获取所述移动中继的小区配置信息;The mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay;
    所述移动中继接收来自所述管理设备的所述移动中继的小区配置信息,所述移动中继的小区配置信息包括第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息确定的;The mobile relay receives the cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device. The cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes a first tracking area code TAC, and the first TAC is based on the mobile Determined based on the location information;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继的所述位置信息包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the location information of the mobile relay includes:
    所述移动中继接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,所述第一小区的标识,或所述接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。At least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继向管理设备发送所述移动中继的位置信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that before the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, it further includes:
    所述移动中继向核心网设备查询所述移动中继所处的位置;The mobile relay queries the core network device for the location of the mobile relay;
    所述移动中继接收来自所述核心网设备的所述移动中继的所述位置信息。The mobile relay receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继向管理设备发送所述移动中继的位置信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that before the mobile relay sends the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, it further includes:
    所述移动中继确定所述移动中继发生移动。The mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继确定所述移动中继发生移动,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, including:
    所述移动中继根据所述移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识、接入网设备标识、所述移动中继所处位置的地理区域的信息或移动中继的移动距离中的至少一项确定所述移动中继发生移动。The mobile relay is configured according to at least one of the TAC of the mobile relay access cell, cell identity, access network equipment identity, information on the geographical area where the mobile relay is located, or the moving distance of the mobile relay. The item determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  6. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized by including:
    移动中继向管理设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于触发所述管理设备获取所述移动中继的位置信息;The mobile relay sends indication information to the management device, where the indication information is used to trigger the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay;
    所述移动中继接收来自所述管理设备为所述移动中继的小区配置的第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的位置信息确定的;The mobile relay receives the first tracking area code TAC configured for the cell of the mobile relay from the management device, and the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  7. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息;The management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay;
    所述管理设备向所述移动中继发送第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述移动中继的小区的TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息确定的;The management device sends a first tracking area code TAC to the mobile relay, the first TAC is used as a TAC of the cell of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is based on all the information of the mobile relay. The above location information is determined;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。 Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息,包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay, including:
    所述管理设备接收来自所述移动中继的所述位置信息,所述移动中继的位置信息用于获取所述移动中继的小区配置信息。The management device receives the location information from the mobile relay, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  9. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息,包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay, including:
    所述管理设备向核心网设备订阅所述移动中继的位置信息;The management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay;
    所述管理设备接收来自所述核心网设备的所述移动中继的所述位置信息。The management device receives the location information of the mobile relay from the core network device.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理设备向核心网设备订阅所述移动中继的位置信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that before the management device subscribes to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay, it further includes:
    所述管理设备接收来自所述移动中继的指示信息,所述指示信息用于触发所述管理设备订阅所述移动中继的位置信息。The management device receives indication information from the mobile relay, and the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the indication information includes:
    用于指示所述移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的类型;和/或,Used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobile capabilities; and/or,
    用于指示所述移动中继的类型为车载中继设备类型的信息。Information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay equipment type.
  12. 如权利要求7-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理设备获取移动中继的位置信息之后,所述管理设备向所述移动中继发送第一跟踪区编码TAC之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 11, characterized in that after the management device obtains the location information of the mobile relay and before the management device sends the first tracking area code TAC to the mobile relay, Also includes:
    所述管理设备根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息指示的位置和所述第一TAC的关联关系,确定出所述位置信息对应的所述第一TAC。The management device determines the first TAC corresponding to the location information based on the association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  13. 如权利要求7-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继的所述位置信息包括:所述移动中继接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC、所述第一小区的标识,或所述接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 12, characterized in that the location information of the mobile relay includes: the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. 2. At least one of the TAC, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device.
  14. 一种移动中继,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:A mobile relay, characterized in that it includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向管理设备发送所述移动中继的位置信息,所述移动中继的所述位置信息用于获取所述移动中继的小区配置信息;Send the location information of the mobile relay to the management device, where the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay;
    接收来自所述管理设备的所述移动中继的小区配置信息,所述移动中继的小区配置信息包括第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息确定的;Receive cell configuration information of the mobile relay from the management device, where the cell configuration information of the mobile relay includes a first tracking area code TAC, where the first TAC is based on the location of the mobile relay Information is certain;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的移动中继,其特征在于,所述移动中继的所述位置信息包括:The mobile relay of claim 14, wherein the location information of the mobile relay includes:
    所述移动中继接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,所述第一小区的标识,或所述接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。At least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device.
  16. 如权利要求14或15所述移动中继,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The mobile relay of claim 14 or 15, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向核心网设备查询所述移动中继所处的位置;Query the core network device for the location of the mobile relay;
    接收来自所述核心网设备的所述移动中继的所述位置信息。The location information of the mobile relay from the core network device is received.
  17. 如权利要求14-16任一项所述的移动中继,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The mobile relay according to any one of claims 14-16, characterized in that the processor is also used to:
    确定所述移动中继发生移动。 It is determined that the mobile relay moves.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的移动中继,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:根据所述移动中继接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备标识中的至少一项确定所述移动中继发生移动。The mobile relay of claim 17, wherein the processor is configured to: determine the mobile relay based on at least one of a TAC of a cell accessed by the mobile relay, a cell identity, or an access network equipment identity. The relay has moved.
  19. 一种移动中继,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:A mobile relay, characterized in that it includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向管理设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于触发所述管理设备获取所述移动中继的位置信息;Send indication information to the management device, the indication information being used to trigger the management device to obtain the location information of the mobile relay;
    接收来自所述管理设备为所述移动中继的小区配置的第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的位置信息确定的;Receive the first tracking area code TAC configured from the management device for the cell of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  20. 一种管理设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:A management device, characterized by including a processor and a communication interface, the processor being configured to execute through the communication interface:
    获取移动中继的位置信息;Obtain the location information of the mobile relay;
    向所述移动中继发送第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述移动中继的小区的TAC,所述第一TAC是根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息确定的;Send a first tracking area code TAC to the mobile relay. The first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the mobile relay. The first TAC is determined based on the location information of the mobile relay. of;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal device and the access network device.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The management device of claim 20, wherein the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    接收来自所述移动中继的所述位置信息,所述移动中继的位置信息用于获取所述移动中继的小区配置信息。The location information from the mobile relay is received, and the location information of the mobile relay is used to obtain the cell configuration information of the mobile relay.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The management device of claim 21, wherein the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向核心网设备订阅所述移动中继的位置信息;Subscribe to the core network device for the location information of the mobile relay;
    接收来自所述核心网设备的所述移动中继的所述位置信息。The location information of the mobile relay from the core network device is received.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The management device of claim 22, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    接收来自所述移动中继的指示信息,所述指示信息用于触发所述管理设备订阅所述移动中继的位置信息。Receive indication information from the mobile relay, where the indication information is used to trigger the management device to subscribe to the location information of the mobile relay.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括:The management device according to claim 23, wherein the indication information includes:
    用于指示所述移动中继的类型为具有移动能力的中继设备的类型;和/或,Used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a type of relay device with mobile capabilities; and/or,
    用于指示所述移动中继的类型为车载中继设备类型的信息。Information used to indicate that the type of the mobile relay is a vehicle-mounted relay equipment type.
  25. 如权利要求20-24任一项所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The management device according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    根据所述移动中继的所述位置信息指示的位置和所述第一TAC的关联关系,确定出所述位置信息对应的所述第一TAC。The first TAC corresponding to the location information is determined according to the association between the location indicated by the location information of the mobile relay and the first TAC.
  26. 如权利要求20-25任一项所述的管理设备,其特征在于,所述移动中继的所述位置信息包括:所述移动中继接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC、所述第一小区的 标识,或所述接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。The management device according to any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein the location information of the mobile relay includes: the location information of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay. The second TAC, the first cell Identity, or at least one of the identifications of the access network equipment.
  27. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,A device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory,
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;The memory is used to store computer programs or instructions;
    所述处理器,用于执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令,使得权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求6所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求7-13任一项所述的方法被执行。The processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions in the memory, so that the method described in any one of claims 1 to 5 is performed, or the method described in claim 6 is performed, or so that claim 7 -The method described in any one of -13 is executed.
  28. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和通信模块,所述处理模块用于通过所述通信模块执行如权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求6所述的方法,或执行如权利要求7-13任一项所述的方法。A device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a communication module, the processing module being configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-5 through the communication module, or to perform the method according to claim 6 The method, or perform the method according to any one of claims 7-13.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在被计算机调用时,使得权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求6所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求7-13任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when called by a computer, the computer-executable instructions cause any one of claims 1-5 to The method is executed, or the method described in claim 6 is executed, or the method described in any one of claims 7-13 is executed.
  30. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括通信接口和处理器:A chip system, characterized by including a communication interface and a processor:
    所述通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信令或数据;The communication interface is used to input and/or output signaling or data;
    所述处理器,用于执行计算机可执行程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的设备执行如权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求6所述的方法,或执行如权利要求7-13任一项所述的方法。 The processor is configured to execute a computer executable program, so that the device installed with the chip system performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or performs the method according to claim 6, or Carry out the method as described in any one of claims 7-13.
PCT/CN2023/075179 2022-03-25 2023-02-09 Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system WO2023179231A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210306877.8 2022-03-25
CN202210306877.8A CN116846444A (en) 2022-03-25 2022-03-25 Configuration method and device of cell information, readable storage medium and chip system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023179231A1 true WO2023179231A1 (en) 2023-09-28

Family

ID=88099830

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/075179 WO2023179231A1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-02-09 Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116846444A (en)
TW (1) TW202341807A (en)
WO (1) WO2023179231A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150063199A1 (en) * 2012-01-18 2015-03-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for mobile relay node obtaining ta information, method for mobile relay node switching, method for updating location of user location and method for paging user
CN109076480A (en) * 2016-04-28 2018-12-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Tracking area information is handled within a wireless communication network
WO2022043498A1 (en) * 2020-08-31 2022-03-03 Ipcom Gmbh & Co. Kg Location dependent relay node configuration

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150063199A1 (en) * 2012-01-18 2015-03-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for mobile relay node obtaining ta information, method for mobile relay node switching, method for updating location of user location and method for paging user
CN109076480A (en) * 2016-04-28 2018-12-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Tracking area information is handled within a wireless communication network
WO2022043498A1 (en) * 2020-08-31 2022-03-03 Ipcom Gmbh & Co. Kg Location dependent relay node configuration

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED, CATT: "TR 23.700-05: new Key Issue on location and regulatory services support for FS_VMR", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2201582, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), 25 February 2022 (2022-02-25), XP052117099 *
ZTE: "Considerations on the scenarios for mobile relay", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG3 MEETING #73, ZHUHAI, CHINA, OCTOBER 10 - 14, 2011, vol. R3-112553, no. 73BIS, 19 October 2011 (2011-10-19) - 14 October 2011 (2011-10-14), pages 1 - 5, XP002679150 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202341807A (en) 2023-10-16
CN116846444A (en) 2023-10-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110831261B (en) Apparatus for combined RRC inactivity recovery, RRC RNA & NAS registration procedures
WO2022257549A1 (en) Network slicing method and device, and storage medium
US20220256393A1 (en) TSN AND 5GS QoS MAPPING - A USER PLANE BASED METHOD
JP2023504228A (en) Reporting of API capability changes based on Application Programming Interface (API) filters
WO2020199868A1 (en) Network access method and apparatus
WO2021023139A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
US11516645B2 (en) Cross-agency communication through an ad-hoc network slice
CN113811025A (en) Method, equipment and system for releasing relay connection
WO2021238882A1 (en) Method and device for implementing service continuity
US9986535B2 (en) Method and system for managing mobile management entity (MME) in a telecommunication network
WO2023179231A1 (en) Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system
EP3878239A1 (en) Method and system for supporting multiple fully separated network slices
WO2023179262A1 (en) Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system
CN116868603A (en) New method for external parameter provisioning for AF sessions
CN116134955A (en) Autonomously activating features at a wireless communication device to satisfy a lifetime of an application consuming communication services
EP4085726A1 (en) Using dnai to identify a smf supporting connection to a local dn
WO2023061207A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2024032552A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023202220A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023030369A1 (en) Method for selecting network element in communication sensing service, communication device, and communication system
WO2024032594A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022252859A1 (en) Computing power resource scheduling method and related apparatus
WO2023187662A1 (en) MOBILITY SUPPORT FOR INTEGRATED ACCESS AND BACKHAUL (IAB) NODE WITH CONNECTED USER EQUIPMENTS (UEs)
WO2023071866A1 (en) Indication information transmission method, message transmission method, and related apparatus
WO2024031352A1 (en) Method, system and apparatus of enforcing time synchronization

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23773482

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1